Draft EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in Power Plant ... · EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at Plot No. CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra,

M/S MEGHMANI FINECHEM

LTD.

Draft EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at Plot No. CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat

JANUARY, 2018

ACCREDITATION DETAILS

NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1316/RA 004 valid from 04-10-2013 upto 18-09-2016;

Accreditation Extension Letter extending the validity up to 04-04-2017 in response to KEC’s

application dated 15-09-2016;

NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017, Valid upto 26-05-2019.

Kadam Environmental Consultants

w w w . k a d am e n v i r o . c o m

E n v i r o n m e n t f o r D e v e l o p m e n t

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-6131000

http://www.kadamenviro.com/

M/S. MEGHMANI

FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW

TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY, 2018 2

M/S MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD.

Draft EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at Plot No. CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat. © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), January, 2018

This report is released for the use of the M/S. Meghmani Finechem Ltd, Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely

as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided (unless attributed to

referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written

consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of Publication EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at Plot No. CH-

1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat.

Project Number 1521721306 Issue No. 1 Revision No. 1 Released January, 2018

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-6131000

Delhi / NCR

Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, IIth Floor, Tower B3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe City Centre Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon, Haryana,

INDIA - 122002.

E: [email protected]; T: +91-124-4242430 to 436; F:+91-124-4242433

Images on front page:

1. Greenbelt near Admin building 2. Representative photo of Turbine & Generator

3. Greenbelt near Existing Power Plant 4. Representative photo of Power Transmission Line

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

I, Sangram Kadam, hereby confirm that the referred experts have prepared the EIA & EMP Report for Expansion in

Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at Plot No. CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch,

Gujarat. I also confirm that Kadam shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this

statement.

Signature :

Name : Sangram Kadam

Designation : Director (Consultancy Department)

Name of EIA Consultant Organization : Kadam Environmental Consultants, Vadodara, Gujarat.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : 1) NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0042, Issued on 28-03-2017, Valid upto 26th

May, 2019.

2) Accreditation Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1316/RA 004 valid from 04-

10-2013 up to 18-09-2016.

3) Accreditation Extension Letter extending the validity up to 04-04-

2017 w.r.t KEC’s application dated 15-09-2016.

M/S. MEGHMANI

FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65

MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT TABLE OF CONTENT


CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 21

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ......................................................................................... 21

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ..................................................... 21

1.2.1 Identification of Project ....................................................................................... 21

1.2.2 Project Proponent .............................................................................................. 21

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION ......... 22

1.3.1 Brief Description of the Project .............................................................................. 22

1.3.2 Justification / Importance of Project to the Country and the Region .................................. 22

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................... 22

1.4.1 Environmental Clearances, CC&A & Closure / Show Cause Notice for Existing Unit ................ 23

1.4.2 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions ................................................................. 24

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY .............................................................................................. 25

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ 31

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ................................................................................................... 31

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ........................................................................................... 31

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................................... 31

2.3.1 General Location of the Site .................................................................................. 31

2.3.2 Location Map ................................................................................................... 31

2.3.3 Project Boundary ............................................................................................... 34

2.3.4 Approach to the Project Site ................................................................................. 38

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ........................................................................... 39

2.4.1 Production Capacity ........................................................................................... 39

2.4.2 Cost of the Proposed Project ................................................................................. 40

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ............................................ 40

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ................................................................... 40

2.6.1 Existing 65 MW – Captive Power Plant ..................................................................... 40

2.6.2 Proposed 67 MW – Captive Power Plant ................................................................... 41

2.6.3 Coal Handling System ......................................................................................... 43

2.6.4 Ash Handling System .......................................................................................... 43

2.6.5 Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse ............................................................. 43

2.6.6 Feasibility of Water Cooled Condensers .................................................................... 43

2.7 UTILITIES ............................................................................................................ 44

2.7.1 Power Requirement ............................................................................................ 44

2.7.2 Fuel Requirement .............................................................................................. 44

2.7.3 Water Requirement ............................................................................................ 44

2.7.4 Storage Details pertaining to the Proposed Project ...................................................... 44

2.7.5 Manpower ....................................................................................................... 45

2.8 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT ............................................................ 45

2.8.1 Industrial Area (Processing Area) ........................................................................... 45

2.8.2 Non-Processing Area .......................................................................................... 45

2.9 AIR EMISSIONS & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEMS ........................................................... 45

2.9.1 Point Source Emissions & Control (Action Plan to Achieve NAAQS) ................................... 45

2.9.2 Design details of Proposed APCMs .......................................................................... 46

2.9.3 Area Source Emissions & Control ............................................................................ 47

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.9.4 Line Source Emissions & Control ............................................................................ 47

2.9.5 Fugitive Emissions & its Control ............................................................................. 47

2.9.6 Online Monitoring Systems ................................................................................... 48

2.10 NOISE GENERATION ............................................................................................. 48

2.11 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL DETAILS ......................... 49

2.11.1 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation ...................................................... 49

2.11.2 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal Facility .............................................................. 53

2.11.3 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal Facility – After Expansion of Power Plant ..................... 54

2.12 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL 55

2.13 PROJECT LAYOUT AND COMPONENTS ........................................................................ 56

2.14 MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE ................................................................. 57

2.15 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY ..................................................... 57

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................ 58

3.1 STUDY AREA ......................................................................................................... 58

3.2 PERIOD ............................................................................................................... 58

3.3 COMPONENTS ....................................................................................................... 58

3.4 METHODOLOGY ..................................................................................................... 58

3.4.1 Primary data Collection ....................................................................................... 58

3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection .................................................................................... 61

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS ......................... 61

3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology ...................................................................................... 61

3.5.2 Site Specific Meteorology ..................................................................................... 63

3.5.3 Land Use ........................................................................................................ 66

3.5.4 Ambient Air Quality ............................................................................................ 73

3.5.5 Noise ............................................................................................................. 79

3.5.6 Hydrology and Ground Water ................................................................................ 81

3.5.7 Geological Environment ....................................................................................... 92

3.5.8 Soil ............................................................................................................... 93

3.5.9 Ecology & Biodiversity ......................................................................................... 97

3.5.10 Socio-Economics ........................................................................................... 102

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ....................... 111

4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT ....................... 111

4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 114

4.2.1 Emission Rates & Predicted GLCs ......................................................................... 116

4.2.2 Incremental Traffic .......................................................................................... 120

4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 123

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 130

4.4.1 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water .................................................... 130

4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 132

4.5.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land Use / Cover .............................................. 132

4.5.2 Site Preparation .............................................................................................. 132

4.5.3 Green Belt Development .................................................................................... 132

4.5.4 Mitigation Measures for Impact on Land Use / Land Cover ........................................... 132

4.6 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ..................................................................................... 134

4.6.1 Ecological Impact Assessment Methodology ............................................................ 134

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................ 136

M/S. MEGHMANI




4.7.1 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities .......................................... 136

4.7.2 General Safety Measures ................................................................................... 138

4.7.3 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................................... 138

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................... 139

5.1 SITE SELECTION .................................................................................................. 139

5.2 EXISTING SITE .................................................................................................... 139

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ................................................................ 140

6.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 140

6.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 140

6.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 140

6.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 140

6.5 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ..................................................................................... 140

6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT COST ............................................... 147

6.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT (CSR/ESC ACTIVITIES) ................................................ 148

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................. 149

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................................... 149

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................ 149

7.2.1 Consequence Analysis ....................................................................................... 149

7.2.2 Methodology of Risk Assessment .......................................................................... 149

7.2.3 Hazard Identification ........................................................................................ 149

7.2.4 Disaster Management Plan (Overall Complex including Power Plant) ............................... 151

7.2.5 Traffic Risk Assessment ..................................................................................... 170

7.2.6 Training Rehearsal and Records ........................................................................... 173

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................. 175

8.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................................... 175

8.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ...................................................................................... 175

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ....................................................................................... 175

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS .................................................................................... 175

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................... 176

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................... 177

10.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................ 177

10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP ............................................................................................... 177

10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................ 177

10.3.1 Air Environment ........................................................................................... 178

10.3.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................................ 179

10.3.3 Water Environment ....................................................................................... 179

10.3.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ............................................................. 180

10.3.5 Soil Environment .......................................................................................... 180

10.3.6 Ecology and Biodiversity Environment ................................................................. 180

10.3.7 Concept of Waste Minimization, Recycle, Reuse / Recovery ....................................... 184

10.3.8 Environmental Management Cell ....................................................................... 185

10.3.9 Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms ............... 186

M/S. MEGHMANI




11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION .................................................................................... 187

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 187

11.1.1 Company and Project Proponent ....................................................................... 187

11.1.2 Proposed Project .......................................................................................... 187

11.1.3 Location of the Project ................................................................................... 188

11.1.4 Project Cost ................................................................................................ 188

11.1.5 Raw Materials and Source ............................................................................... 188

11.1.6 Utilities ...................................................................................................... 188

11.1.7 Process ...................................................................................................... 188

11.1.8 Waste Water ............................................................................................... 189

11.1.9 Air Emissions ............................................................................................... 189

11.1.10 Hazardous and Other Solid Wastes ..................................................................... 189

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................... 189

11.2.1 Study Period and Area .................................................................................... 189

11.2.2 Land use and Land cover ................................................................................ 189

11.2.3 Meteorology ................................................................................................ 189

11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality ....................................................................................... 190

11.2.5 Existing Stack Emissions ................................................................................. 191

11.2.6 Traffic Survey .............................................................................................. 191

11.2.7 Noise ........................................................................................................ 191

11.2.8 Surface Water and Ground Water Quality ............................................................. 192

11.2.9 Soil ........................................................................................................... 192

11.2.10 Biological Environment ................................................................................... 197

11.2.11 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 197

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ............................ 198

11.3.1 Air Environment ........................................................................................... 198

11.3.2 Traffic ....................................................................................................... 198

11.3.3 Noise Environment ........................................................................................ 198

11.3.4 Water Environment ....................................................................................... 199

11.3.5 Biological Environment ................................................................................... 199

11.3.6 Land Environment ......................................................................................... 199

11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 199

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ............................................................ 200

11.4.1 Environmental Monitoring, Management Cost ........................................................ 200

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ......................................................................................... 200

11.5.1 Risk Assessment ........................................................................................... 200

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................................................ 201

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................ 201

11.8 CONCLUSION .................................................................................................... 201

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ............................................................................. 202

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM) .............................................. 202

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ........................................................................................... 203

13 STATUS OF COMPLIANCE OF EXISTING EC CONDITIONS ........................................... 205

M/S. MEGHMANI




LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: IMS Certifications ....................................................................................................................... 219

Annexure 2: Integrated Management System Policy – MFL .............................................................................. 221

Annexure 3: Land Possession & Transfer Letters ............................................................................................. 222

Annexure 4: Application for ToR to SEAC, Gandhinagar ................................................................................... 226

Annexure 5: Terms of Reference (ToR) from SEAC, Gujarat received on 30.11.2017 ......................................... 227

Annexure 6: Copy of EC received on 9th August, 2007 ..................................................................................... 233

Annexure 7: Copy of Transfer EC dated 9th September, 2008 ........................................................................... 239

Annexure 8: Copy of EC Received on 12th September, 2012 ............................................................................. 241

Annexure 9: Copy of CCA dated 25.07.2014 ................................................................................................... 248

Annexure 10: Copy of Amended CCA dated 17.04.2015 ................................................................................... 257

Annexure 11: Copy of Amended CCA dated 24.06.2016 ................................................................................... 259

Annexure 12: Copy of NOC for Hydrogen Peroxide dated 01.05.2017 ............................................................... 261

Annexure 13: Copy of NOC for Name Change dated 23.01.2008 ...................................................................... 264

Annexure 14: GIDC Letter for Plot Transfer .................................................................................................... 265

Annexure 15: Show Cause / Closure Notice and Response from MFL to GPCB ................................................... 267

Annexure 16: Compliance of Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) ................................ 305

Annexure 17: Fire Hydrant Network ............................................................................................................... 307

Annexure 18: Assurance Letter from GIDC for Supply of Additional Water......................................................... 308

Annexure 19: Assurance Letter from GIDC for Discharge of Additional Effluent ................................................. 309

Annexure 20: Analysis Results/Quality of Treated Effluents taken by GPCB ....................................................... 310

Annexure 21: Coal Analysis Report................................................................................................................. 312

Annexure 22: Willingness Letter for Coal Supply from Adani ............................................................................ 313

Annexure 23: Online Monitoring Data of MFL as linked with GPCB & CPCB Servers ............................................ 314

Annexure 24: Copy of Acceptance Letter from M/s BEIL for Hazardous Waste ................................................... 319

Annexure 25: Contract for Fly Ash Utilization .................................................................................................. 321

Annexure 26: Long Term (IMD) Meteorological Data for Broach (Bharuch) District ............................................ 322

Annexure 27: National Ambient Air Quality Standards ..................................................................................... 324

Annexure 28: Work Place Monitoring Reports ................................................................................................. 326

Annexure 29: Land Use/Cover Classification ................................................................................................... 335

Annexure 30: Ecology and Biodiversity Assessment ......................................................................................... 340

Annexure 31: Impact Assessment Methodology .............................................................................................. 347

Annexure 32: Detailed Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ..................................................................... 356

Annexure 33: Air Dispersion Modeling Results and Isopleths ............................................................................ 363

M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 34: Air Dispersion Details considering Partial & Complete Failure of ESP ............................................ 372

Annexure 35: Detailed Traffic Survey Sheets .................................................................................................. 376

Annexure 36: Methodology of Risk Assessment and Hazard Identification ......................................................... 386

Annexure 37: Medical Examination Summery Report - 2016 ............................................................................ 391

Annexure 38: Certified Compliance Report by RO, MOEF&CC for Previous ECs .................................................. 393

Annexure 39: NABET Certificates & Letters – Kadam Environmental Consultants ............................................... 410

Annexure 40: KEC Laboratory Certificates ....................................................................................................... 413

Annexure 41: Undertaking for Not Constructing Ash Pond for Proposed Power Plant .......................................... 419

Annexure 42: Undertaking by MFL ................................................................................................................. 420

Annexure 43: Undertaking by Kadam for TOR Compliance ............................................................................... 421

M/S. MEGHMANI




LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Details of IMS Certifications ............................................................................................................. 21

Table 1-2: List of Directors and their Designations ............................................................................................ 22

Table 1-3: Brief Description of the Project ........................................................................................................ 22

Table 1-4: Details of Notice/Directions issued to MFL during Last Three Years..................................................... 23

Table 1-5: Statutory Clearances / Permissions & Applicable Legislations / Notifications / Acts / Rules .................... 24

Table 1-6: Compliance with the Terms of Reference .......................................................................................... 25

Table 2-1: Co-ordinates of Project Boundary..................................................................................................... 34

Table 2-2: Area Breakup – Entire Site .............................................................................................................. 34

Table 2-3: Area Breakup – Proposed Power Plant .............................................................................................. 35

Table 2-4: Details of the Site Connectivity ........................................................................................................ 38

Table 2-5: List of Existing Products .................................................................................................................. 39

Table 2-6: Existing and Proposed Capacities – Power Plant ................................................................................ 39

Table 2-7: Cost Break-up ................................................................................................................................ 40

Table 2-8: Project Implementation Schedule..................................................................................................... 40

Table 2-9: Details of Power Requirement ......................................................................................................... 44

Table 2-10: Details of Main Raw Material Quantity and Means of Storage ........................................................... 44

Table 2-11: Water Requirement (Existing Units & Proposed Power Plant) ........................................................... 44

Table 2-12: Details of Stacks and APCM – Existing ............................................................................................ 46

Table 2-13: Details of Stacks and APCM – Proposed .......................................................................................... 46

Table 2-14: Technical Details of Proposed ESP .................................................................................................. 46

Table 2-15: Details of Existing & Proposed Online Monitoring Systems ............................................................... 48

Table 2-16: Details of Water Consumption from Existing and Proposed Unit ........................................................ 49

Table 2-17: Details of Wastewater Generation from Existing and Proposed Unit .................................................. 49

Table 2-18: Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics of Existing ETP .................................................................... 53

Table 2-19: List of Existing ETP units with Capacity ........................................................................................... 53

Table 2-20: Adequacy of Existing ETP .............................................................................................................. 53

Table 2-21: Details of Existing and Proposed Hazardous & Non Hazardous Wastes .............................................. 55

Table 2-22: Identification of Other Waste ......................................................................................................... 55

Table 2-23: Operational Controls at Design Stage ............................................................................................. 57

Table 3-1: Predominant/Mean Wind Direction IMD – Bharuch ............................................................................ 61

Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Bharuch ............................................................................ 62

Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ................................................................................ 63

Table 3-4: Mean Site Specific Meteorological Data – Winter Season .................................................................... 64

M/S. MEGHMANI




Table 3-5: Collation of Primary Meteorological data with Secondary Data (IMD) .................................................. 66

Table 3-6: GPS readings within Study Area ....................................................................................................... 67

Table 3-7: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area .............................................. 68

Table 3-8: List of Major Industries ................................................................................................................... 69

Table 3-9: Important Feature within the Study Area .......................................................................................... 71

Table 3-10: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring .......................................................................................... 73

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details .............................................................................. 73

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Monitoring Results ...................................................................................................... 74

Table 3-13: Flue Gas Stack Monitoring Results .................................................................................................. 76

Table 3-14: Process Vents/Stacks Monitoring Results ........................................................................................ 76

Table 3-15: Results – Work Place Monitoring .................................................................................................... 78

Table 3-16: Monitoring Methodology ................................................................................................................ 79

Table 3-17: Standards for Ambient Noise Level ................................................................................................. 79

Table 3-18: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ................................................................................................... 79

Table 3-19: Noise Level Monitoring Results ....................................................................................................... 80

Table 3-20: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water and Surface Water .............................................................. 81

Table 3-21: Surface Water Sampling Location (Pond and River) ......................................................................... 83

Table 3-22: Surface Water Analysis Results ...................................................................................................... 85

Table 3-23: Classification of Water ................................................................................................................... 85

Table 3-24: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Samples ............................................................................ 86

Table 3-25: Ground Water Sampling Locations ................................................................................................. 87

Table 3-26: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples ....................................................................................... 89

Table 3-27: Regional Geology .......................................................................................................................... 92

Table 3-28: Analysis Methodology of Soil .......................................................................................................... 94

Table 3-29: Soil Sampling Locations ................................................................................................................. 94

Table 3-30: Soil Analysis Results ...................................................................................................................... 96

Table 3-31: Details of Rivers and Ponds of Buffer Zone ..................................................................................... 98

Table 3-32: Details of Nearest Creeks in the Buffer Zone ................................................................................... 98

Table 3-33: Status of Phytoplankton in Various villages of the Study Area ......................................................... 101

Table 3-34: Status of Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area ........................................................... 101

Table 3-35: Demographic Status of the Study Area ......................................................................................... 103

Table 3-36: Sex Ratio of the Study Area ......................................................................................................... 104

Table 3-37: Stratification (Age Wise) of Vadadala Village ................................................................................. 104

Table 3-38: Details of SC/ST Population in the Study Area ............................................................................... 105

Table 3-39: Educational Facilities in the Study Area ......................................................................................... 105

M/S. MEGHMANI




Table 3-40: Literacy rate within the study area ............................................................................................... 105

Table 3-41: Literacy level of Vadadla Village ................................................................................................... 106

Table 3-42: Health Facilities in the Study Area ................................................................................................ 106

Table 3-43: Drinking water facilities within the Study Area............................................................................... 107

Table 3-44: Housing Condition in the Surveyed Village .................................................................................... 107

Table 3-45: Toilet Facility in the Surveyed Village............................................................................................ 107

Table 3-46: Occupational status of the Study Area .......................................................................................... 108

Table 3-47: Type of Livelihood Activity in the Core Impact area (0 – 3 Kms) ..................................................... 109

Table 3-48: Number of villages having Transportation Facilities........................................................................ 109

Table 4-1: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project ........................................................................ 112

Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment ........................................................... 115

Table 4-3: Assumptions of Sulphur & Ash Content in the Fuel (Worst Case) ...................................................... 116

Table 4-4: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks (As per Fuel Analysis) ........................................................ 117

Table 4-5: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks (As per the Norms) ............................................................ 117

Table 4-6: Emission Estimate from Volume Source (Coal Storage Yard) ............................................................ 117

Table 4-7: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks ................................................................ 119

Table 4-8: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project ......................................................................................... 119

Table 4-9: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Bharuch to Dahej ................................................................. 121

Table 4-10: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Dahej to Bharuch ............................................................... 121

Table 4-11: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment ..................................................... 124

Table 4-12: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels ........................................................................ 125

Table 4-13: Noise level at receptor locations ................................................................................................... 128

Table 4-14: Mitigation Measures .................................................................................................................... 129

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment .................................................... 131

Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid & Haz. Waste and Land Environment ................... 133

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity Environment ............................. 135

Table 4-18: Issues Raised by the Respondents of the Core Zone ...................................................................... 136

Table 4-19: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for OH, Community Health and Safety .............................. 137

Table 6-1: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Air Environment............................................................ 141

Table 6-2: Traffic Management Plan .............................................................................................................. 142

Table 6-3: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment........................................................ 143

Table 6-4: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Water Environment ....................................................... 144

Table 6-5: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Solid & Hazardous Waste Management and Land

Environment ................................................................................................................................................ 145

Table 6-6: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................ 146

Table 6-7: Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost ............................................................................ 147

M/S. MEGHMANI




Table 6-8: Summary of Post EC Environmental Monitoring Plan........................................................................ 147

Table 6-9: Enterprise Social Commitment (Initial 5 Years) ............................................................................... 148

Table 7-1: Properties of Hazardous Material to be Handled .............................................................................. 150

Table 7-2: Safety Equipment Details .............................................................................................................. 152

Table 7-3: Details of Fire Extinguisher ............................................................................................................ 154

Table 7-4: Details of Key Personnel of the Emergency Team and their Duties ................................................... 154

Table 7-5: Do’s and Don’ts of Various Activities / Emergency ........................................................................... 160

Table 7-6: Siren Codes during Emergency Situation ........................................................................................ 162

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................................. 177

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................................. 178

Table 10-3: Area Breakup for Rainwater Calculations ...................................................................................... 179

Table 10-4 Rainwater Available Per Annum ..................................................................................................... 179

Table 10-5: Soil Environment ........................................................................................................................ 180

Table 10-6: Existing Floral species reported from Green Belt Area .................................................................... 180

Table 10-7: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations .................................. 182

Table 10-8: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site .................................................... 182

Table 10-9: List of plant species for plantation in LIZ Area ............................................................................... 183

Table 10-10: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme ............................................. 184

Table 11-1: List of Existing Products .............................................................................................................. 187

Table 11-2: Existing and Proposed Capacities – Power Plant ............................................................................ 188

Table 11-3: List of Utilities............................................................................................................................. 188

Table 11-4: Ambient Air Quality Data ............................................................................................................. 190

Table 11-5: Noise Monitoring Results ............................................................................................................. 191

Table 11-6: Surface Water Quality in Study Area - Summary............................................................................ 192

Table 11-7: Ground Water Quality in Study Area - Summary ............................................................................ 192

Table 11-8: Surface Water (River) Analysis Results ......................................................................................... 193

Table 11-9: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Samples .......................................................................... 194

Table 11-10: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples ................................................................................... 194

Table 11-11: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................................. 196

Table 11-12: Summary of Environment Monitoring Plan................................................................................... 200

Table 12-1: EIA Team Member ...................................................................................................................... 203

Table 13-1: Summary Not complied, Partly Complied, Agreed to Comply EC Conditions ..................................... 205

Table 13-2: Action Plan for Complying Not-Complied Conditions of Previous EC ................................................. 206

Table 13-3: Action Plan for Complying Partially-Complied Conditions of Previous EC .......................................... 209

M/S. MEGHMANI




LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Pie Chart – Area Breakup of Proposed Power Plant .......................................................................... 35

Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram – Proposed Power Plant ................................................................................ 42

Figure 2-3: Typical Drawing showing Operation of Power Plant .......................................................................... 42

Figure 2-4: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit ........................................................................................... 50

Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – Proposed Power Plant Unit ....................................................................... 51

Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram – Combined (After Expansion) ..................................................................... 52

Figure 2-7: Process Block Diagram of Existing ETP ............................................................................................ 54

Figure 2-8: Process Block Diagram of Proposed Wastewater Treatment .............................................................. 54

Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season, 2016-17 ................................................................................ 65

Figure 3-2: Pie Chart – Landuse of Study Area .................................................................................................. 69

Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modeling System ........................................................................................ 118

Figure 4-2: Isopleth of Day Time ................................................................................................................... 126

Figure 4-3: Isopleth of Night Time ................................................................................................................. 127

Figure 7-1: Emergency Control Organization Chart .......................................................................................... 151

Figure 10-1: Hierarchy of Environment Management Cell ................................................................................. 185

Figure 10-2: Reporting Mechanism................................................................................................................. 186

LIST OF MAPS

Map 2-1: General Location Map of Project Site .................................................................................................. 32

Map 2-2: Project Site on Toposheet ................................................................................................................. 33

Map 2-3: Project Boundary Map ....................................................................................................................... 36

Map 2-4: Project Site Layout Map .................................................................................................................... 37

Map 3-1: Study Area Map ................................................................................................................................ 59

Map 3-2: Sampling Location Map ..................................................................................................................... 60

Map 3-3: Land Use / Land Cover Map .............................................................................................................. 72

Map 3-4: Map showing Noise Monitoring Locations ........................................................................................... 80

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 2-1: Photographs showing Existing and Proposed Site ..................................................................... 38

Photograph 3-1: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup ........................................................................... 63

Photograph 3-2: Various Land Cover of Study Area ........................................................................................... 67

Photograph 3-3: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations.................................................................................... 74

M/S. MEGHMANI




Photograph 3-4: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ............................................................................................ 80

Photograph 3-5: Surface Water Sampling Locations .......................................................................................... 83

Photograph 3-6: Groundwater Sampling Locations ............................................................................................ 88

Photograph 3-7: Soil Sampling Locations .......................................................................................................... 95

Photograph 3-8: Floral species at Core Zone/Project Site ................................................................................... 99

Photograph 3-9: Housing Condition and Sanitary Toilet Facility ........................................................................ 108

Photograph 3-10: Type of Livelihood Activity .................................................................................................. 109

Photograph 10-1: Existing Greenbelt and Landscaping Within Project Premises ................................................. 181

M/S. MEGHMANI




ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

APHA : American Public Health Association

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AFAU : Aquatic Fauna

AFLO : Aquatic Flora

AMS : American Meteorological Society

APCM : Air Pollution Control Measures

BDL : Below Detectable Level

BMCR : Boiler Maximum Continuous Rating

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

CAGR : Compound Annual Growth Rate

CARE : Credit Analysis and Research Ltd.

CCA : Consolidated Consent and Authorization

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

CEC : Cation Exchange Capacity

CETP : Central Effluent Treatment Plant

CFBC : Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion

CMD : Cubin Meter per Day

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CPP : Captive Power Plant

CPA : Critically Polluted Area

Cr. : Crore

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

CGWB : Central Ground Water Board

DC : Differential Count

DCS : Distributed Control System

D.G : Diesel Generator

DGH : Directorate General of Hydrocarbons

D.M : Dimeralized

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

ECC : Emergency Control Centre

EC : Environment Clearance

EC (soil) : Electrical Conductivity

ECG : Electro Cardiogram

EER : Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan

EHS : Environmental Health and Safety

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

ENVIS : Environmental Information System

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EPRG : Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ESP : Exchangeable Sodium Percentage

ESP : Electro Static Precipitator

ESR : Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

http://www.cgwb.gov.in/

M/S. MEGHMANI




FGD : Focus Group Discussion

GCV : Gross Calorific Value

GIDC : Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GoI : Government of India

GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GSI : Geological Survey of India

Ha : Hectare

HAZOP : Hazard and Operability Study

HDPE : High Density Polyethylene

HFO : Heavy Fuel Oil

HOD : Head of Department

HRD : Human Resource Development

HSD : High Speed Diesel

HSE : Health and Safety Executive

IAA : Impact Assessment Authority

IDLH : Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health

IMD : Indian Meteorological Department

IMS : Integrated Management System

ISCST-3 : Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature

IWPA 1972 : Indian Wild Life Protection Act, 1972

KCAL : Kilo Calorie

KLD : Kilo Liter per Day

Km : Kilometer

Kwh : Kilo Watt Hour

LCLo : Lethal Concentration Low

LEL : Lower Flammability Limits

LIZ : Likely Impact Zone

MCLS : Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change

MEE : Multi Effect evaporator

MFL : Meghmani Finechem Limited

MFLO : Marine Flora

MFNA : Marine Fauna

MLSS : Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids

MLVSS : Mixed Liquor Volatile Suspended Solids

MoM : Minutes of Meeting

MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet

MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical

MSW : Municipal Solid Waste

MTPA : Metric Tonne Per Annum

MT : Metric Tonnes

MW : Mega Watt

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

NBSS & LUP : National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning

NMHC : Non Methanated Hydrocarbons

http://nabet.qci.org.in/

M/S. MEGHMANI




OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

OHS : Occupational Health and Safety

PCU : Per Car Unit

PDCR : Plan, Do, Check, Act

PEL : Permissible Exposure Limits

PP : Project Proponent

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protection Equipment

RA : Risk Assessment

RBC : Red Blood Cells

RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete

RO : Reverse Osmosis

SAR : Sodium Absorption Ratio

SC : Soil Conservation

SDU : Sludge Dewatering Unit

SEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal Committee

SH : State Highway

SHW : Solid Hazardous Waste

SLF : Secured Landfill Facility

SMC : Site Main Controller

SOP’s : Standard Operating Procedures

SPL : Sound Pressure Level

SST : Secondary Settling Tank

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

TC : Total Count

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TSDF : Treatment storage and disposal facility

TFLO : Terrestrial Flora

TFAU : Terrestrial Fauna

TCLo : Toxic Concentration Low

TLV : Threshold Limit Value

ToR : Terms of Reference

UFL : Upper Flammable Limits

UF : Ultra Filtration

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

VOCs : Volatile Organic Compounds

WBC : White Blood Cells

WHC : Water Holding Capacity

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 1. INTRODUCTION &

BACKGROUND


1 INTRODUCTION

Meghmani Finechem Limited (MFL) proposes an Expansion in its Power Plant Capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at

Plot No. CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat.

MFL has also applied for Environment Clearance for Expansion of Existing products and new product manufacturing

from MoEF&CC having File No. J-11011/13/2014-IA II(I) from MoEF&CC. As the power plant capacity is less than

500 MW, MFL is seeking environment clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat, it being a category ‘B’ project.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Purpose of the report is to identify environmental aspects, impacts arising out the activities due to operation of

Power Plant and suggesting mitigation measures. This EIA report is made as per Terms of References (ToRs) issued

by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee –Gujarat, in their Letter Ref: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(d)/1258/2017 dated

30.11.2017 and seek Environmental Clearance.

This report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and IIIA of EIA Notification, 2006

as amended till date.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of Project

The proposed project falls under 1(d), Thermal Power Plant in the ‘Project or Activities’ listed within the Schedule to

the EIA Notification dated September 14th, 2006 (amended till date). This project is classified as Category “B”

project, as already mentioned.

1.2.2 Project Proponent

Proposed expansion unit is promoted by M/s. Meghmani Finechem Limited, which is managed by top management

as described in Table 1-2. Meghmani group is a leading group of India operating in a range of diversified

industries viz. Pigments, Agro Chemicals, Dyestuffs and Caustic Chlorine.

The flagship company, Meghmani Organics Limited (MOL) is a listed public limited company and is regarded as one

of the leading producers of pigments and agrochemicals in the country. The group has set up a state of the art

Caustic Chlorine Complex (CCC Complex) under Meghmani Finechem Ltd. (MFL) at Dahej in the state of Gujarat.

The group companies house a large R&D Laboratory and Technical Competence Center with facilities for testing.

The group companies are equipped with the latest instrument required for product development and work in close

conjunction with customers meeting their requirements. The other expansion is expected of existing products and

new product manufacturing. For the same, power requirement will be fulfilled from the proposed 67 MW CPP.

Certification

Integrated Management System (IMS) certification for MFL, Dahej is given in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Details of IMS Certifications

Systems Certification

Integrated Management System for :

Quality Management System

Environmental Management System

ISO 9001:2008

ISO 14001: 2004

The certificates for the Integrated Management System are attached as Annexure 1.

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND


About Directors of MFL

The company is headed by Chairman, Managing Director and Directors. List of their top management is tabulated in

Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: List of Directors and their Designations

S. No. Name Designation

1 Shri Maulik J. Patel Chairman & Managing Director

2 Shri Kaushal A. Soparkar Managing Director

3 Shri Ankit N. Patel Executive Director

4 Shri Karana R. Patel Executive Director

5 Shri Darshan A. Patel Executive Director

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY &

REGION

1.3.1 Brief Description of the Project

The brief description of the project is given in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3: Brief Description of the Project

S No. Details Description

1 Nature Expansion in Power Plant.

2 Size

Total Plot Area: 5,33,470 m2. Plot area of the proposed project consists of 3,702 m2.

Power Plant Capacity increase from 65 MW to 132 MW is proposed. Existing product details

are mentioned in Chapter 2, Section 2.4.1.

3 Location Plot No.: CH-1/ CH-2, Dahej – ll, Industrial Estate, Bharuch, Gujarat. Land possession

documents is provided in .

4 Cost of the project ~ INR 230 Crore

1.3.2 Justification / Importance of Project to the Country and the Region

The promoters are interested in setting up the project considering the following technical and economical features

of the project:

Project will generate employment and state revenue.

CSR activities will be made for upliftment of the socio economic status of nearby villages.

During the construction phase, around 250 workers will be employed. Local skilled and semi-skilled workers will

be engaged during construction phase. The positive impact includes enhanced indirect employment

opportunities for transporters of raw material and finished goods.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

As a part of Environmental Clearance process, MFL uploaded and submitted Form – 1 (as per the EIA Notification,

2006, as amended), along with a Pre-feasibility Report and Proposed Terms of Reference (ToRs) for carrying out

Environmental Studies, to the State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Gujarat on 25th August, 2017 vide letter

dated 24th August, 2017 as attached as Annexure 4. Based on the information contained in the documents

submitted and the ToR presentation made during the on 06th October, 2017, SEAC finalized ToRs to be

incorporated whilst conducting the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) & Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) studies, vide its letter: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(d)/1258/2017 dated 30.11.2017 as attached as Annexure 5.

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND


1.4.1 Environmental Clearances, CC&A & Closure / Show Cause Notice for Existing Unit

Environmental Clearances from MoEF&CC / SEAC

MFL has received following Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC, New Delhi:

EC No.: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007 for manufacturing of Chlor-Alkali and other products at

GIDC Estate, Dahej, Bharuch, Gujarat by M/s Meghmani Organics Ltd.-Environmental Clearance regd. The copy

of EC is attached as Annexure 6.

EC No.: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated, 09.09.2008 for transfer of EC in the name of M/s Meghmani Finechem

Limited from M/s Meghmani Organics Limited located at GIDC. Estate, Dahej, Bharuch, Gujarat- Environmental

Clearance regd. The copy of EC is attached as Annexure 7.

EC No.: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012 for adding pesticides manufacturing unit & expansion in

power plant capacity from 45 MW to 65 MW. Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 8.

A certified copy of compliance status by RO, MoEF (Bhopal) for the existing EC conditions is attached in Annexure

38. Its action plan for not complied and partially compliance points is provided in Chapter 13.

CC&A, CTE / NOC from SPCB

MFL has received following CC&A, CTE / NOC from State Pollution Control Board, Gujarat:

CC&A Order No. AWH-62734, dated 25.07.2014 issued vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(3)/ID

32979/219906 with validity upto 18/02/2019. The copy of CC&A is attached as Annexure 9.

CC&A Amendment, dated 17.04.2015 issued vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID 32979/310984. The

copy of the same is attached as Annexure 10.

CC&A Amendment, dated 24.06.2016 issued vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/360636.

The copy of the same is attached as Annexure 11.

CTE Amendment, dated 01.05.2017 issued vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/411050. The

copy of the same is attached as Annexure 12.

NOC for the name change, dated 23.01.2008 issued vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH/NOC-3426/2029. The copy of

NOC is attached as Annexure 13.

CTE for manufacturing of Hydrogen Peroxide 1,200 MT/Month vide Letter No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-

32979/411050, dated 01.05.2017 issued by GPCB.

Litigation Pending / Show Cause / Closure Notice from GPCB & Response

There is no litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against

the project.

Details of the notice/show cause notice and response in the last three years is provided in Annexure 15 and

summarized in Table 1-4.

Table 1-4: Details of Notice/Directions issued to MFL during Last Three Years

S.

No.

Notice/SCN

issued

Date of

issue

Points raised by

GPCB Reply submitted by MFL and Action taken

1

Notice under

section 33A of

Water Act

18-11-2017

Alkaline water in

storm water

drainage

Additional outlet

noticed near

reservoir

Quality of waste

water not meeting

with norms

We have not discharge alkaline water which is found in

outside storm water line.

We have repaired minor leakages form storm water

drainage and only treated effluent water is being

discharged in GIDC drain.

At present we blocked our storm water drainage by

cement concrete to avoid leakages/spillage of water. We

assure that we will take care of to avoid any kind of

industrial effluent discharged in to storm water drainage

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND


S.

No.

Notice/SCN

issued

Date of

issue

Points raised by

GPCB Reply submitted by MFL and Action taken

and GIDC open surface drainage We have already lifted

water from storm water drainage and informed GPCB on

dated 11.10.2017. Discharge of waste water in GIDC

storm water drain has never happened by MFL.

2

Notice under

section air 31 A

of Act 981

16-03-2017

Poor Coal handling

Poor housekeeping

Opacity meter not

working

Contaminated

water in storm

water drainage

We have shifted entire quantity of coal in existing coal

yard having water sprinkling system and wind braking

wall for control of dusting.

We have taken all necessary actions for improvement of

housekeeping within premises.

We have repaired opacity meter and it is working

properly.

We have lifted water from storm water drainage into ETP

and treated before disposing to GIDC Drain.

3 Show Cause 19-04-2016

New Cooling

Tower installed

Chlorine Gas

smells sensed.

The old cooling tower is not working properly, so we have

construct new cooling tower against old one.

We have provided hood to control chlorine smell.

4 Show Cause 10-03-2016

Analysis report of

the sample

collected during

visit is not meeting

with norms of the

Board.

The high value of COD & BOD may be reported due to

chloride content that may interfere with COD & BOD

result. We are giving sufficient settling time to settle

down suspended solid in collection pit as well as in

holding pit to maintain standard norms of board.

We are manufacturing inorganic chemicals (Chlor-Alkali)

and not using any organic solvent, so no possibilities of

high value of COD & BOD.

1.4.2 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions

MFL shall obtain required statutory permission and clearances from concerned authorities. Details of permits and

clearance as applicable to this project are provided in Table 1-5.

Table 1-5: Statutory Clearances / Permissions & Applicable Legislations / Notifications / Acts / Rules

S. No. Legal Instruments

1 Factory License

2 The Factories Act, 1948

3 Gujarat State Factories Rules, 1963/1995

4 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules 1975 as amended to date.

5 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977, and Rules, 1978, as amended to date.

6 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982 as amended to date

7 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date

8 The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

9 Guidelines and Check-list for evaluation of MSW Landfills proposals with Information on existing landfills, 2008

10 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules,1986, as amended to date

11 Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

12 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989

13 The Public Liability Insurance Act and Rules, 1991, as amended to date

14 The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules, 2002

15 The Explosive Act, 1884 and Rules, 1983, as amended to date

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND


S. No. Legal Instruments

16 The Gas Cylinders Rules, 2004

17 The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981

18 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

19 E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011 as amended to date

20 Electricity Rule, 2005

21 Consents from GPCB

22 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

As per the ToR letter, scope of work for this EIA studies and preparation of detailed EIA/EMP report including

collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological

and socio-economic components for one season, not older than three years.

This EIA report complies with Terms of Reference given by the State Expert Appraisal Committee. Summarized

details of the same are tabulated in Table 1-6.

Table 1-6: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S. No. ToR Compliance in Report

1

Executive summary of the project – giving a prima facie idea of the

objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In

addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA report including EMP

and the post-project monitoring plan in brief.

Executive summary: Chapter 11, Pg. 187.

Justification of the project: Chapter 1,

Section 1.3.2, Pg. 22.

2 Present land use pattern of the study area shall be given based on

satellite imagery.

The land use / land cover map of 10 km

radius: Chapter 3, Section 3.5.3, Map

3-3, Pg. 72.

Toposheet Map: Chapter 2, Section 2.3,

Map 2-2, Pg. 33.

Site Location Map: Chapter 2, Section

2.3.2 , Map 2-1, Pg. 32.

High-resolution satellite image: Chapter 3,

Section 3.4.1, Map 3-1, Pg. 59.

3 Geological features and geo-hydrological status of the study area.

Geological features and geo-hydrological

status of the study area is provided in

Chapter 3, Section 3.5.7, Pg. 92.

4

Demarcation of proposed activities in layout of the existing premises.

Provision of continuous unobstructed peripheral open path within the

project area for unobstructed easy movement of the emergency

vehicle/fire tenders without reversing back. Mark the same in the

plant layout.

Project site layout plan showing proposed

activities in existing premises: Chapter 2,

Section 2.3.3, Map 2-4, Pg. 37.

Coordinates of plant site: Chapter 2,

Section 2.3.2, Table 2-1, Pg. 34.

5 Explore feasibilities to go for air cooled condensers instead of water

cooled condensers in order to reduce the raw water requirement.

Feasibilities for air cooled condensers instead

of water cooled condensers in order to

reduce the raw water requirement were not

and found that air cooled condensers are not

feasible for the proposed power plant

project. Air cooled condensers will be used

against water cool condensers. Reasons for

the same is provided in Chapter 2, Section

2.6.6, Pg. 43.

6 Technical details of the proposed power plant along with details of

strategy for implementation reuse/recycle and other cleaner

Technical details of the proposed power

plant: Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Pg. 40.

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND



production options for reduction of wastes. Generation of waste gases

and utilization of waste heat have to be set out.

Reuse/recycle: Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5,

Pg. 43.

Generation of waste gases: Chapter 2,


Utilization of waste heat will be done by air

preheater & economizer: Chapter 2,


7 Details of the ETP units including its capacity, size of each unit,

retention time and other technical parameters.

ETP Units: Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2,

Table 2-19, Pg. 53.

8 Work out the maximum reuse plan for treated wastewater within the

premises instead of discharging into the GIDC drainage.

Treated waste water generated from the

proposed 67 MW unit will be fully reused for

dust suppression at Ash & Coal handling

unit. Thus, zero liquid discharge will be

achieved for the proposed 67 MW power

plant.

Methods adopted for water conservation by

rain water harvesting: Chapter 10, Section

10.3.3, Pg. 179.

9

Application wise break-up of treated effluent quantity to be recycled /

reused in various applications like sprinkling on roads, coal storage

yard and greenbelt development etc.

Water Consumption & Waste water

generation breakup : Chapter 2, Section

2.11.1, Pg. 49.

10

Assessment of source of the water supply with adequacy of the same

to meet with the requirements for the project. Copy of letter of

permission obtained from the concerned authority for supply of

additional raw water for the proposed activities.

Water Supply: Dahej GIDC

Permission letter by GIDC: Annexure 18,

Pg. 308.

11

Detailed water balance (including reuse-recycle, if any) along with

qualitative and quantitative analysis of each waste stream to be

generated from all sources including Boilers, Cooling Towers, D.M.

Plant etc. Details of methods to be adopted for the water

conservation.

Water balance diagrams: Chapter 2,

Section 2.11, Pg. 49.

Water Conservation Measures: Chapter 10,

Section 10.3.3, Pg. 179.

12

Details of the treatment facilities proposed for the effluent to be

generated from the power plant including existing project. Details of

the ETP units including its capacity (KL/day), size of each unit,

retention time and other technical parameters and details about up-

gradation in the existing ETP (if any proposed) to take care of the

waste water to be generated from the proposed activities.

Treatment facilities from proposed power

plant: Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2, Pg. 54.

Details of the ETP units: Chapter 2,

Section 2.11.2, Pg. 53.

13

Characteristics of untreated and treated waste water. A detailed

effluent treatability study vis-à-vis the adequacy and efficacy of the

treatment facilities proposed for the wastewater to be generated

along with adequacy and efficacy report. The characteristics on which

treatability is based shall also be stated.

Characteristics of untreated and treated

waste water: Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2,

Table 2-18, Pg. 53.

Adequacy of ETP: Chapter 2, Section

2.11.2, Pg. 53.

14

Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative

humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall shall be

provided.

Site specific micro-meteorological data:


15

Anticipated environmental impacts due to the proposed

project/production may be evaluated for significance and based on

corresponding likely impacts VECs (valued Environmental

Components) may be identified. Baseline studies may be conducted

within the study area of 10 km for all the concerned/identified VECs

and likely impacts, likely impacts have to be assessed for their

magnitude in order to identify mitigation measures.

Anticipated environmental impacts is covered

in Chapter 4, Pg. 111.

Baseline studies for the period of winter

2016-17, was carried out and represented in

Chapter 3, Pg. 58.

16 One complete season base line ambient air quantity data (except Ambient air quality monitoring details:

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND



monsoon) to be given along with the dates of monitoring. The

parameters to be covered shall be in accordance with the revised

National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well as project specific

parameters. Locations of the monitoring stations should be so decided

so as to take into consideration the pre-dominant downwind direction,

population zone and sensitive receptors. There should be at least one

monitoring station in the upwind direction. There should be at least

one monitoring station in the pre dominant downwind direction at a

location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur.


Selection of the AAQM station based on the

prescribed criteria is provided in Chapter 3,

Section 3.5.4, Table 3-11, Pg. 73.

17

Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Details of the model

used and the input parameters used for modeling should be provided.

The air quality contours may be plotted on a location map showing

the location of project site, habitation, sensitive receptors, if any. The

wind roses should also be shown on this map. Air quality modeling to

be carried out considering the partial and complete failure of the ESP.

Impact of project on AAQ of area: Chapter

4, Section 4.2.1, Pg. 119.

CPCB approved AERMOD software is used

for dispersion modelling. Air quality contours

showing windrose are provided in Annexure

33, Pg. 363. Air quality modelling for partial

and complete failure of the ESP is mentioned

in Annexure 34.

18

Quantity of the fuel requirement, its source and transportation,

storage, handling and management along with the environmental

management to be adopted for this. Fuel analysis to be provided

(Sulphur, ash content and heavy metals including Pb, Cr, As and Hg).

Quantity of the fuel requirement & its source

and transportation: Chapter 2, Section

2.7.2, Pg. 44.

Fuel analysis: Annexure 21, Pg. 312.

19 A confirmed fuel linkage along with the supportive documents for long

term supply of coal for the project requirements should be provided. Fuel Linkage: Annexure 22, Pg. 313.

20

Specific details of (i) details of the utilities required (ii) Quantity and

characteristics of each fuel along with analysis report and its source

(iii) Flue gas emission rate from each utility (iv) Air Pollution Control

Measures proposed to each of the utility along with its adequacy.

Details of the utilities: Chapter 2, Section

2.7, Pg. 44.

Fuel Details: Section 2.7.2, Pg. 44.

Emission rates: Section 4.2.1, Pg. 116.

Proposed APCM: Section 2.9.1, Pg. 45.

21

Technical details of ESP proposed to be installed as air pollution

control system along with its adequacy, details of its operational

controls with DCS, system for online monitoring of the pollutants from

the stack etc. Details of provisions to be kept in ESP to ensure that in

any case the air emission does not cross the GPCB norms including

provision of standby field in the ESP, preventive maintenance, failure /

tripping control system, guarantee from the ESP supplier, alternative

arrangements in case of the failure / tripping of the ESPs etc. ESP

should be designed to achieve GPCB norms at the outlet.

Technical Details of ESP: Chapter 2,


Action Plan to control AAQ: Refer Chapter

2, Section 2.9.1, Pg. 45.

22

List of all the sources of fugitive emission. Detailed plan for prevention

and control of fugitive emission / dusting at each and every stage of

fuel handling including unloading / loading at port, transportation from

port to plant, unloading / loading / stacking / conveyance / transfer at

plant etc. Detailed specifications and schematic diagram of water

sprinkling system including number of sprinklers to be installed, pipe

diameter and nozzle diameter of the sprinklers, quantity of water to

be consumed by sprinklers etc.

Fugitive emissions details: Chapter 2,


Details for prevention and control of fugitive

emission (sprinkling system): Chapter 2,


23

Impact on local transportation infrastructure due to the project such

as transportation of fuel, ash etc. Baseline status of the existing

traffic, projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the project in

the present road network, impact on it due to the project activities,

carrying capacity of the existing roads and whether it is capable of

handling the increased load. Arrangement for improving the

infrastructure like road etc. if any should be covered. Whether any

additional infrastructure would need to be constructed and the agency

Impact due to road transport: Chapter 4,

Section 4.2.2, Pg. 122. Carrying capacity

of road is sufficient to take additional load.

Baseline status of the existing traffic:


Already developed infrastructure like road,

drainage network etc. is available at site,

hence, no additional infrastructure is

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND



responsible for the same with time frame. required to be constructed.

24

Details and time bound program for installation of online monitoring

system in the existing as well as proposed plants for monitoring of the

pollutants from the stacks and process vents with software and an

arrangement to reflect the online monitored data on the company’s

server, which can be accessed by the GPCB on real time basis.

Existing & proposed online monitoring

systems: Chapter 2, Section 2.9.6, Pg.

48.

25

Provision of Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station

[CAAQMS] within premises, with an arrangement to reflect monitored

data on the company’s server, which can be accessed by the GPCB on

real time basis.

CAAQMS details: Chapter 2, Section

2.9.6, Pg. 48.

26 Details of measures proposed for the noise pollution abatement and

its monitoring.

Measures for noise pollution abatement:

Chapter 4, Section 4.3, Pg. 128.

27

Details of management of hazardous wastes to be generated from the

project stating details of storage area for each type of waste, its

handling, its utilization and disposal etc. How the manual handling of

the hazardous wastes will be minimized.

Solid and Hazardous waste Management:


28

Detailed plan of ash evacuation, handling, storage and utilization

should be provided. Undertaking stating that ash pond shall not be

constructed and it shall be stored in closed silos only should be

incorporated.

Fly ash utilization plan: Chapter 2, Section

2.6.4, Pg. 43 & Section 2.12, Pg. 55.

Undertaking regarding Ash Pond: Annexure

41.

29 Details of seismic design aspects to be adhered to in the project. Ref. Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Pg. 45.

30 Technical details of conveyor belts and mitigation measures to ensure

that there will be no dust emission from conveyor belts.

Details of conveyor belts: Chapter 2,


31 Details of proposed disposal of solid wastes that may generate due to

spillage of materials.

Details of proposed disposal of solid wastes:


32 Specific safety measures proposed at storage yard/warehouse and

conveyor belts.

Specific safety measures proposed at storage

yard: Chapter 7, Section 7.2.4, Pg. 166-

168.

33

Details of firefighting system including provision for flame detectors,

temperature actuated heat detectors with alarms, automatic sprinkler

system, location of fire water tanks & capacity, separate power

system for firefighting, details of qualified and trained fire personnel &

their job specifications, nearest fire station & time required to reach

the proposed site. Submit line diagram of the fire hydrant network.

Details of safety measures are provided in

Chapter 7, Section 7.2.4, Table 7-2, Pg.

152.

Line diagram of the fire hydrant network:

Annexure 17, Pg. 307.

34 Copy of membership certificate of Common Environmental

Infrastructure like TSDF, if any taken should be incorporated.

Copy of membership certificate of TSDF:


35

Details of 100% fly ash utilization plan as per latest fly ash utilization

notification of GOI along with firm agreements / MoU with contracting

parties including other usages etc. shall be submitted. The plan shall

also include disposal method / mechanism of bottom ash.

Fly ash utilization plan: Chapter 2, Section

2.6.4, Pg. 43 & Section 2.12, Pg. 55.

Mutual Agreement for utilization of fly ash:


36

A detailed EMP including the protection and mitigation measures for

impact on human health and environment as well as detailed

monitoring plan and environmental management shall proposed for

implementation and monitoring of EMP. The EMP should also include

the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Total capital

cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment pollution

control measures.

Detailed EMP are covered in Chapter 6, Pg.

140.

37

Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures

proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with the personal

protective equipment to be provided to the workers. Provision of

industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupation injury to workers

Occupational health impacts on the workers

and mitigation measures: Chapter 4,

Section 4.7.1, Pg. 136.

Occupational Heath checkup: Chapter 7,

M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND



as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical checkup of

the workers exposed. Details of work zone ambient air quality

monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

Section 7.2.4, Pg. 169.

Work zone ambient air quality monitoring:


38

Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and

maximum credible accident scenario related to fire and explosion

issues due to storage and use of fuel should be carried out. The

worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum inventory

of storage at site at any point in time. The risk contours should be

plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the activities

would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the

same, proposed safeguard measures including On-site/Off-site

emergency plan should be provided. Measures to guard against fire

hazards including details of automatic fire detection and control

system & detailed fire control plan showing hydrant pipeline network,

provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors

etc. should also be provided.

Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios were not

considered due to the following reasons:

• Proposed project is for expansion of 67

MW power plant, which only requires coal &

limestone, which are non-hazardous. All

other hazardous chemicals handled at site

were already considered in previous EIA

studies for which EC is granted.

• Auxiliary power will be sourced from

existing power plant / grid. Thus, no DG sets

are proposed for startup of proposed unit.

• On the basis of chemical properties like

flash point, phase of chemical, operating

conditions and total inventory etc., it is

noted that in the proposed power plant unit,

there are no such storage of flammable raw

materials which can lead to uncontrolled

release of hazardous material causing

hazard.

Onsite Emergency Plan: Section 7.2.4, Pg.

163.

Offsite Emergency Plan: Section 7.2.4, Pg.

169.

Measures to guard against fire hazards:

Section 7.2.4, Pg. 166.

39

Provisions for water supply, fuel (kerosene or cooking gas), lighting,

sanitation etc. to the construction work force so as to avoid felling of

trees/mangroves and pollution of water and the surroundings. Details

of personal protective equipment’s to be provided to construction

workers at the site.

Local workforce will be hired. Hence,

Provisions for water supply, fuel (kerosene

or cooking gas), lighting, sanitation etc. is

not required.

40

Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive

maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for

safety related measures.

Refer: Chapter 7, Section 7.2.4, Pg. 160.

41

Public hearing shall be carried out as per the MoEF&CC’s OM dated

04/04/2016. A tabular chart for the issues raised and addressed

during public hearing/consultation and commitment of the project

proponent on the same should be provided. An action plan to address

the issues raised during public hearing and the necessary allocation of

funds for the same should be provided.

Public hearing will be carried out.

42

Detailed five year greenbelt development program including annual

budget, types & number of trees to be planted, area under green belt

development [with map], budgetary outlay; along with commitment of

the management to carry out the tree plantation activities outside the

premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

33% of greenbelt will be maintained within

premises. Budget, types & number of trees

to be planted, area under green belt

development is provided in Chapter 10,

Section 10.3.6, Pg. 180.

43

Proposal of socio-economic development activities including

community welfare program most useful in the project area for the

overall improvement of the environment. Submit a detailed plan for

social corporate responsibilities, with appropriate budgetary provisions

for the next five years and activities proposed to be carried out;

specific to the current demographic status of the area.

Socio-economic development activities:


M/S. MEGHMANI



BACKGROUND



44 Plan for compliance of the EP Rules and CREP guidelines for the

proposed power plant.

Compliance of the EP Rules will be done

once the CTE/CTO is received for the

proposed project and Compliance of CREP

guidelines: Annexure 16, Pg. 305.

45

Compliance status of the existing unit with respect to various

conditions given in the Environmental Clearance and CC&A orders

obtained for the existing plants.

Compliance status of the existing unit,

previous EC: Chapter 13, Pg. 205.

46

Records of any legal breach of Environmental Laws i.e. details of

show-cause notices, closure notice etc. served by the GPCB to the

existing unit in last three years and actions taken then after for

prevention of pollution.

Details of show-cause notices, closure notice

etc. served by the GPCB: Chapter 1,


47

Copy of Environmental Clearance obtained for the existing project and

a certified report of the status of compliance of the conditions

stipulated in the environmental clearance for the existing operation of

the project by the Regional Office of the MoEF&CC.

Details of previous EC: Chapter 1, Section

1.4.1, Pg. 23.

Compliance status of the existing unit,

previous EC: Chapter 13, Pg. 205.

48

Details of fatal/non-fatal accidents, loss of life or man hours, if any,

occurred in the existing unit in last three years and measures

proposed to be taken for avoiding reoccurrence of such accidents in

future.

No fatal/non-fatal accidents, loss of life or

man hours have occurred in the existing unit

in last three years.

49

Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction /

order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details

thereof.

No litigation pending against the project.

50

Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved

by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process

/ procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

Integrated Management Policy including

environment aspect: Annexure 2.

IMS Certificates (ISO 9001:2008 & ISO

14001:2004): Annexure 1.

51

What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the

company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be

given.

Hierarchical system: Chapter 10, Section

10.3.8, Pg. 185.

52

Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

Reporting structure: Chapter 10, Section

10.3.8, Pg. 185.

53 Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, QCI to the

environmental consultant should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Regarding Certification of the Environmental

Consultant, Refer Chapter 12, Pg. 202.

54

An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the EIA

report as per the MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking

by the Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied

with and the data submitted is factually correct as per the MoEF&CC

OM dated 04/08/2009.

Undertaking by MFL: Annexure 42.

Undertaking by Kadam: Annexure 43.

55 All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous

page numbering. Noted & Complied.

56 Compliance of the emission standards as mentioned in the Notification

by MoEF&CC vide no. S.O. 3305 (E) dated 07/12/2015.

Emissions / Discharge (ZLD) is as per the

mentioned Notification by MoEF&CC.

57 A tabular chart with index for point-wise compliance of the above. TOR Compliance Status: Chapter 1,


M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects.

Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project

operations, technology and other related activities.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The project is for Expansion of Power Plant. Classification of the project is as mentioned in Chapter 1, Section

1.2.1.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

The proposed power plant is required to cater to the internal power & steam requirement.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

2.3.1 General Location of the Site

The project site is situated on Plot No.: CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat,

admeasuring an area of 53.347 hectares (5,33,470 m2). Plot area of the proposed project consists of 3,702 m2.

Dahej Industrial Estate is an existing industrial area developed by the Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

(GIDC), categorized as chemical zone for setting up chemical industries.

2.3.2 Location Map

Location map showing general location is given in Map 2-1. Map showing specific location of proposed project on

Toposheet is given in Map 2-2.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Map 2-1: General Location Map of Project Site



Map 2-2: Project Site on Toposheet

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.3.3 Project Boundary

The co-ordinates of the project site are given in Table 2-1. Map showing project Boundary is given in Map 2-3.

Table 2-1: Co-ordinates of Project Boundary

Code Latitude Longitude

A 21°42'56.66"N 72°36'59.91"E

B 21°42'58.56"N 72°36'36.52"E

C 21°43'3.40"N 72°36'37.08"E

D 21°43'3.97"N 72°36'31.66"E

E 21°43'19.99"N 72°36'33.37"E

F 21°43'20.24"N 72°36'41.13"E

G 21°43'26.48"N 72°36'41.31"E

H 21°43'26.87"N 72°36'54.25"E

I 21°43'10.90"N 72°36'56.75"E

J 21°43'10.92"N 72°36'57.82"E

K 21°43'1.49"N 72°36'59.11"E

Land Distribution at Site and Project Site Layout

Total plot area of the project is 5,33,470 m2 area. Area required for the proposed expansion within the site will be

3,702 m2. Land distribution of the entire site & proposed power plant are tabulated in Table 2-2 & Table 2-3

respectively. Site layout map of the project is shown in Map 2-4.

Table 2-2: Area Breakup – Entire Site

S.

No. Description

Area Details (m²)

Existing Units Proposed Power Plant Total % of Total Area

1 Plant Facilities – Power Plant (65 MW) 15,150 -- 15,150 2.8%

2 Plant Facilities – Power Plant (67 MW) -- 3,702 3,702 0.7%

3 Process Area 25,000 -- 25,000 4.7%

4 Storage for Raw Materials 10,100 -- 10,100 1.9%

5 Storage for Products 3,500 -- 3,500 0.7%

6 Storage for Water 17,160 -- 17,160 3.2%

7 Utilities 3,500 -- 3,500 0.7%

8 Approach Road(s) 17,000 -- 17,000 3.2%

9 Solid Waste Pit area (SLF) 14,000 -- 14,000 2.6%

10 Office 2,000 -- 2,000 0.4%

11 Parking 61,000 -- 61,000 11.4%

12 ETP 2,500 -- 2,500 0.5%

13 Hazardous Waste storage -- 50 50 0.01%

14 Area for future expansion 88,948 88,948 16.7%

15 Open to Sky 93,760 93,760 17.6%

16 Total Green Belt Area 1,76,100 1,76,100 33.0%

TOTAL 5,33,470 100

M/S. MEGHMANI




Table 2-3: Area Breakup – Proposed Power Plant

S

No. Description

Area for Expansion unit

(m2)

% of Total area of

Proposed Power Plant Remark

1 Turbo Generator building 900 24 -

2 Coal storage 0 - Existing Yard is sufficient

3 Road 300 8 -

4 Green belt 0 - 33% of plot area is

already provided

5 Water Cooling Condensers 1,000 27 -

6 Boiler 1,200 32 -

7 Open space 302 9 -

Total 3,702 100

Pie chart showing area breakup of the proposed power plant within the factory premises is presented in Figure 2-1.

Figure 2-1: Pie Chart – Area Breakup of Proposed Power Plant

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC

DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Map 2-3: Project Boundary Map



Map 2-4: Project Site Layout Map

M/S. MEGHMANI




Photographs of the existing and proposed site are shown in Photograph 2-1.

Photograph 2-1: Photographs showing Existing and Proposed Site

EIAC at Existing MFL Site Hydrogen Holder

Existing Coal Based Power Plant

Proposed Site

2.3.4 Approach to the Project Site

The project site is approachable and the details are provided in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: Details of the Site Connectivity

S. No Description Aerial Distance in Km Direction from Project Site

Road

1 SH-6 (Dahej-Bharuch) 0.19 S

Rail

1 Dahej Railway Station

(Samni-Dahej section) 2.4 WSW

M/S. MEGHMANI




S. No Description Aerial Distance in Km Direction from Project Site

2 Bharuch Railway Station 39 ESE

Airports

1 Surat 66.7 SSE

2 Vadodara 91 NE

Waterways

1 Adani Port 10 WSW

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.4.1 Production Capacity

Existing Capacity

MFL is currently manufacturing products as mentioned in Table 2-5 at their existing facility. For the same

EC/CTE/CC&A as mentioned in Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1, is already received. Certified Compliance report of the

EC is also provided as Annexure 38. Action plan for the same is provided in Chapter 13.

Table 2-5: List of Existing Products

S.

No. Products Capacity (MTPM) As per EC / CTE / CC&A

A Chlor - Alkali Units

1

Caustic Soda 16,800 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

OR

Caustic Soda 15,000 CC&A Amendment, dated 24.06.2016 issued vide Letter

No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/360636 Caustic Potash 1,800

2 Chlorine Gas 14,885 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

3 Hydrogen Gas 420 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

4 78 % Dilute Sulphuric Acid 653 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

5 30 % Hydrochloric Acid 7,583 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

6 Sodium Hypochlorite 1,458 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

7 Hydrogen Peroxide 1,200* CTE Amendment, dated 01.05.2017 issued vide Letter

No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/411050

B Synthetic Organic Units

1 Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde Alcohol 200** EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

* Not being produced at the site as on date, construction work going on, accordingly CC&A will be amended.

** Not being produced at the site as on date, accordingly CC&A is already amended on 24.06.2016.

Proposed Capacity

The details of proposed capacity of the power plant is given in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6: Existing and Proposed Capacities – Power Plant

S.

No. Particular Unit

Existing

Capacity

Additional

Proposed

Total After

Expansion

1 Power Plant MW 65 67 132

2 Steam (including process & power) TPH 290 360 650

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.4.2 Cost of the Proposed Project

The project cost would be INR ~ 230 Crore. The break-up of the total cost is given in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7: Cost Break-up

S. No. Particulars Total Amount (INR in Crores)

1 Turbine Generator with their Auxiliaries and Utility 49.9

2 Boiler House including ESP , Ash Handling and other Auxiliaries 106.9

3 Fuel Handling plant 11.3

4 Automation, Instrumentation 8.2

5 Electrical Installations 18.7

6 Civil Work 21

7 Painting and Insulation 1.0

8 Engineering & Consultancy Expenses 1.3

9 Statutory expenses 0.5

10 IDC & Overheads 11.0

Total – Approx. 230

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Project implementation schedule describing various activities from finalization of site to project commissioning is

described in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8: Project Implementation Schedule

S. No. Activities Start Finish

1 EC Approval August, 2017 April, 2018

2 Detailed Engineering July, 2017 March, 2018

3 Procurement and Delivery May, 2018 January, 2019

4 Construction at Site (Buildings, Mech., Piping, Elec., Inst etc.) May, 2018 June, 2019

5 Pre Commissioning June, 2019 July, 2019

6 CTO Approval June, 2019 July, 2019

7 Process Startup and Stabilization July, 2019 August, 2019

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Existing 65 MW – Captive Power Plant

A thermal power plant is an energy conversion center that converts the heat of coal to electricity, designed on a

large scale for continuous operation.

The feed water used in the steam boiler is a means of transferring heat energy from the burning coal fuel to the

mechanical energy of the spinning steam turbine. The total feed water consists of recalculated condensed steam,

referred to as condensate, from the steam turbines plus purified makeup water. Because the metallic materials it

contacts are subject to corrosion at high temperatures and pressures, the makeup water is highly purified before

use in D. M. Water plant. The boiler has a rectangular furnace. Its walls are made of a web of high pressure steel

tubes. Coal is prepared for use in boiler by crushing the rough coal to pieces less than 6 mm in size. Prepared coal

is air-blown into the furnace from fuel nozzles and it is combusted in such a manner that maximum combustion

efficiency can be achieved. This heats the water that circulates through the boiler tubes. The water circulation rate

in the boiler is three to four times the throughput and is typically driven by pumps. As the water in the boiler

circulates it absorbs heat and changes into steam. It is separated from the water inside a drum at the top of the

M/S. MEGHMANI




furnace. The saturated steam is introduced into superheat pendant tubes that hang in the hottest part of the

combustion gasses as they exit the furnace. Here the steam is superheated to required temperature to prepare it

for the turbine.

The turbine generator consists of a steam turbine, Gear Box, Generator, Condenser, Steam ejectors, Condensate

extraction system, to generate the required power.

The generator contains a stationary stator and a spinning rotor, having magnetic properties produce electricity

when it is rotated by Turbine. The electricity thus produced is used to run the various equipment.

The required steam for process is being drawn from turbine at required pressure and the balance exhaust steam

from the low pressure turbine enters condenser-tube bundles that have cooling water circulating through them.

Typically the cooling water causes the steam to condense.

From the bottom of the condenser, powerful pumps recycle the condensed steam (water) back to the feed water

heaters for reuse. The heat absorbed by the circulating cooling water in the condenser tubes must also be removed

to maintain the ability of the water to cool as it circulates. This is done by pumping the warm water from the

condenser through either natural draft, forced draft or induced draft cooling towers that reduce the temperature of

the water, by evaporation. As the combustion flue gas exits the boiler it is routed through a rotating flat basket of

metal mesh which picks up heat and returns it to incoming fresh air as the basket rotates, This is called the air pre

heater. The gas exiting the boiler is laden with fly ash, which are tiny spherical ash particles. The fly ash is removed

by electrostatic precipitators to achieve exhaust gas quality as required by the statute.

2.6.2 Proposed 67 MW – Captive Power Plant

The Imported Coal (~4,200 Kcal/Kg GCV) will be fed to furnace of the CFBC Boilers (2 x 180 TPH) through feeders

from the Coal storage. Coal will be mixed with Limestone to reduce SOx emission. This mix will be fired in the

furnace by means of FD-Fan air. The saturated steam is generated in the Boiler drum and passed to the Primary,

Secondary & final super heaters to get the superheated steam @ 535°C & 109 ata from the Boilers. The

superheated steam is fed to the Steam Turbine and it rotates the steam Turbine which is coupled with Generators

(2 Nos). The power of 67 MW will be generated in the Generators and distributed in house. Flue gas shall meet the

statutory norms. To comply emission norms, necessary dosing of lime stone shall be done via feeder. Design of

ESPs will be as per the state government norms & MoEF&CC guidelines / standards. General process flow diagram

of power plant is given in Figure 2-2.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram – Proposed Power Plant

Diagram showing process of typical power plant operation is presented in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3: Typical Drawing showing Operation of Power Plant

M/S. MEGHMANI




Sprinkling System for Prevention and Control of Fugitive Emission & Fire Hydrant Network

All the covered coal storage shed shall be provided with water sprinkling arrangement to avoid dust emission during

handling of coal for feeding and unloading. Proposed grizzle hoppers will be equipped with dust suppression

system. Coal conveyors will be adequately covered with hoods and water mist system will be provided at loading

and discharge end of the conveyor. Two numbers of transfer towers, crusher house and bunker top area will be

equipped with DE (Dust Extraction) system. After detail engineering, specific quantification and specifications will be

provided.

After detail engineering the line diagram of fire hydrant network for proposed expansion project will be similar to

existing plant which is shown in Annexure 17.

Air Preheater & Economizer

To reutilize waste heat, air preheater & economizer will be provided. Technical specifications of the same will be

available after the detailed engineering is carried out after the receipt of environmental clearance.

2.6.3 Coal Handling System

Coal from dumper will be unloaded in grizzle hopper in coal handling plant. This coal will be transported to coal

crusher house through conveyor belt. Screen coal will be transported to boiler coal bunker through covered

conveyor belt. From coal bunker the crushed coal will be transported through pipe to boiler furnace and necessary

dust arrestor and dust suppression system are already provided in coal handling plant.

2.6.4 Ash Handling System

The fly ash produced from combustion will be collected at various locations such as economizer, air preheater,

electrostatic precipitators, etc. along with bottom ash and shall be transported pneumatically with the help of dense

phase pneumatic pumps to closed storage silos. The Fly Ash shall be sold to nearby Cement Industries / brick

manufacturers. Mutual purchase agreement with brick manufacturer is provided in Annexure 25. Bottom Ash is

partly recycled after screening and balance will be sold to the cement industry. Steel / RCC silos will be provided

having storage capacity of 3 days to store Fly Ash.

Dust collection system will be installed at transfer tower, crusher house, top of silo & bunker tower. Adequate

capacities of bag filters will be provided to avoid dusting.

2.6.5 Resource Optimization/ Recycling and Reuse

Steam condensate will be recycled back into the process. There will not be any generation of process effluent.

Boiler blow down will be directly used for cooling tower make up water while other effluents will be collected into

collection tank where pH correction will be carried out if required. Then the treated wastewater will be used for

dust suppression, in coal handling and & in existing ash handling unit. ZLD concept will be achieved for proposed

power plant. Thus water consumption will be minimal.

2.6.6 Feasibility of Water Cooled Condensers

MFL prefers water cooled condenser as against air cooled condenser for following reasons:

Space constraints as air cooled condenser require 3 times more space than water cooled system.

More utilization of energy available in steam as exhaust pressure of turbine will be lower than air cooled

condenser. Increase in expansion of steam will reduce steam consumption by 24 MT which results in coal

saving of 4.5 MT/Day.

Reduction in coal consumption will reduce CO2 emission by 6.5 MT/Day.

Adequate quantity of water is available from GIDC and overall water consumption will still be less than 2.5

m3/MWHr as per new norms.

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.7 UTILITIES

The estimated list of utilities required for the new project (67 MW) is as given below:

2.7.1 Power Requirement

For the existing units, power requirement of 65 MW is sourced from own Captive Power Plant.

To operate power plant, details of auxiliary power requirement is tabulated in Table 2-9. It will be sourced from

DGVCL and will be used as standby back-up supply for emergency conditions & safe shutdown of power plant in

case of main power failure.

Table 2-9: Details of Power Requirement

S. No. Type Requirement (MW)

Existing Proposed Total

1 Auxiliary Power 1.65 1.70 3.35

2.7.2 Fuel Requirement

During operation phase, Imported Coal will be used as fuel. Details of fuel along with the quantity and means of

transportation is given in Table 2-10.

Table 2-10: Details of Main Raw Material Quantity and Means of Storage

S.

No.

Name of

Fuel

Quantity of Fuel (MTPD) Source

Means of

Transportation

Means of

Storage Existing Proposed Total

1 Imported

Coal 777 1,380 2,157

Open Market, Mainly

Adani Trucks Existing Silos

2 Limestone - 125 125 Open Market Trucks Closed Silos

Fuel Quality & Linkage

Proximate analysis of the imported coal is as provided in Annexure 21. Assurance letter for supply of imported

coal for the proposed project is provided as Annexure 22.

2.7.3 Water Requirement

Water requirement for existing industrial & domestic purposes is fulfilled through GIDC. Metering system has been

provided for measurement of water intake.

Due to various recycle and reuse schemes like higher COC operations of cooling towers, fresh water requirement

for power plant will be 9,506 KLD due to the proposed expansion project. Letter from GIDC for water supply of

11,356 KLD (3.00 MGD) is availed and provided as Annexure 18.

Water consumption for existing units and proposed power plant is given in Table 2-11.

Table 2-11: Water Requirement (Existing Units & Proposed Power Plant)

Type Quantity (KLD)

Existing Units Proposed Power Plant Total after Expansion

Water Consumption 5,633 3,873 9,506

2.7.4 Storage Details pertaining to the Proposed Project

Coal & Limestone Storage

Storage space of 8,912.79 m2 is already available for storing Coal. Limestone can also be accommodated in the

same storage area.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Fly Ash Storage

Steel / RCC silos will be provided having storage capacity of 3 days of storage of Fly Ash.

2.7.5 Manpower

During the construction phase around 250 workers will be employed. Local skilled and semi-skilled workers will be

engaged during construction phase. During operation phase, Existing manpower (~570) is sufficient to operate

proposed expansion unit. The positive impact includes enhanced indirect employment opportunities for transporters

of raw material and finished goods.

2.8 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE PROJECT

Project area is categorized in the seismic zone III, as per Seismic Zoning Map of Gujarat by Institute of

Seismological Research (ISR), which is classified as having a Moderate Damage Risk Zone. The structure design will

be as per codes to negate the threat of damages due to earthquake.

No major infrastructure is required for the proposed unit as the existing facilities are already in place.

2.8.1 Industrial Area (Processing Area)

The captive power Co-generation power plant will consist of the following plant / equipment.

Boiler House consisting of High Pressure CFBC Boilers (two nos).

Turbo – Generator (TG) Sets (two sets): Turbine Generator with auxiliaries.

Pressure Reducing and De superheating Station.

Coal handling and supply system.

Condenser along with condensate extraction pumps, piping & valves.

Compressed Air System for instrumentation and utilities.

Ash handling system.

Pollution control equipment.

Chimney.

Electrical and Electrical Distribution System.

Instrumentation and control system (DCS) for Boilers and Turbine.

Cooling tower and cooling water pumps for lube oil cooler and other Auxiliaries.

D.M. plant for boiler feed water.

Adequate storage space for fuel storage, hazardous and other solid waste is already available. Additional storage

space will be provided as per the requirement.

2.8.2 Non-Processing Area

Existing non processing area includes Weighbridge, Administrative Building, Laboratory, Security cabins, Workers

restroom, Vehicle Shed, Water reservoirs for raw water and fire hydrant system, Temporary storage sites, Works

block etc. will be used for the proposed unit also.

2.9 AIR EMISSIONS & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEMS

2.9.1 Point Source Emissions & Control (Action Plan to Achieve NAAQS)

Point source emissions of pollutants into air from the proposed project will be through flue gas stacks attached to

boilers. The principal air pollutants arising due to the project are SPM, NOx & SO2. Adequate stack height and

proper pollution control equipment will be provided for all flue gas stacks.

M/S. MEGHMANI




From the existing facility point source emissions are identified as 2 flue gas stacks and 4 process stacks/vents.

Proposed plant shall have additional 2 flue gas stacks. Details of existing & proposed stacks and APCM to control

emissions are tabulated in Table 2-12 and Table 2-13.

Table 2-12: Details of Stacks and APCM – Existing

S

No. Stack Attached to

Pollutant as per

Consent Order APCM

Stack

Height Remarks/ Technical Specification

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Flue Gas Stacks

1 Power Plant Boiler (40

MW CPP) SPM, SO2, NOx ESP 95 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 10 m/s.

2 Power Plant Boiler (25

MW CPP) SPM, SO2, NOx ESP 65 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 10 m/s.

Process Stacks /

Vents

1 Hypo Plant HCl, Cl2 Alkali Scrubber 30 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 1.0 m/s.

2 HCl Synthesis HCl, Cl2 Water Scrubber 30 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 1.0 m/s.

3 Flakers Plant HCl, Cl2 Bag Filter 40 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 1.5 m/s.

4 Depleted air from

Solvent recovery unit VOC

Activated Carbon

Adsorption column 32 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 1.5 m/s.

Table 2-13: Details of Stacks and APCM – Proposed

S


Expected

Pollutants APCM

Stack

Height Remarks/ Technical Specification

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Flue Gas Stacks

1 Common stack for Boilers -

(2 Nos of 180 TPH each) SPM, SO2, NOx ESP 65 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 12.5 m/s.

2.9.2 Design details of Proposed APCMs

ESP

ESP for the proposed boilers will be designed for firing design fuel at 100% Boiler Maximum Continuous Rating

(BMCR) and in case of tripping of any one of the fields the entire dust load will be catered by remaining fields and

emission norms of < 30 mg/Nm3 will be maintained as per GPCB guidelines.

Online SPM meter will be installed and remain connected to DCS for continuous monitoring of emission and alarm

limits will be set for necessary corrective action to be carried out when exceeding the limit. ESP collecting efficiency

shall be 99.9%.

ESP performance will be guaranteed from supplier for meeting emission norms set by the GPCB even in case one

field is not in operation. Necessary PG test shall be conducted and ensure the performance from the supplier. Since

supplier is not identified till date, the required performance guarantee will be obtained at the time of placing the

work order.

Technical specifications of ESP are given in Table 2-14.

Table 2-14: Technical Details of Proposed ESP

S. No. APCM Equipment Specifications Exit Emission Rate (mg/Nm3)

1 ESP

Flue gas temp. at ESP inlet °C: 140

Flue gas temp. at ESP outlet °C: 138

No. of fields: Multi Field

SPM: 30

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.9.3 Area Source Emissions & Control

From the proposed project, area source is identified as open storage of coal. Additional coal shall be stored in the

existing facility of coal storage yard. From the proposed project, area source emitting SPM is identified as open

storage of coal. Water sprinkling as per the requirement will be carried out.

Coal Handling System

Three numbers of covered coal shed with water sprinkling arrangement to avoid dust emission during handling of

coal for feeding and unloading. Proposed grizzle hoppers will be equipped with dust suppression system. Coal

conveyors will be adequately covered with hoods and water mist system will be provided at loading and discharge

end of the conveyor. Two numbers of transfer towers, crusher house and bunker top area will be equipped with DE

(Dust Extraction) system.

Usage of coal in the proposed project shall involve following steps:

Coal will be conveyed by trucks covered with HDPE sheets and it will be unloaded and stored in the long

covered shed;

It will be taken from stacks to hopper by dumpers, 250 meter away from the storage yard;

From hopper, coal is fed to boilers vial belt conveyors;

Water sprinklers will be provided over the belt conveyors to prevent any fugitive emission during handling of

coal;

Coal crusher will also be provided with dust collector. Bag filter will also been provided at vibrating screen,

crusher area and transfer tower;

Developed green belt around the plant boundary and along the internal road;

The trucks will be covered with HDPE sheets to prevent the coal ash from spilling / creating an air pollution

nuisance;

Maintenance and monitoring of equipment will be strictly adhered to as per the preventive maintenance

schedule of the plant;

Prescribed Guidelines for coal handling units will be followed.

Conveyor Belts

All conveyor belts along the length will be covered with hoods and mist system at both ends of conveyor will be

provided.

2.9.4 Line Source Emissions & Control

During construction phase, vehicular emissions will be from use of construction machinery and vehicles. Apart from

it, application of heavy machinery and earth movers will generate emissions. Suitable dust suppression techniques

such as water sprinkling will be taken at these times as relevant.

Approximately, 100 trucks per day carrying coal, lime stone & fly ash shall be using the state highway connecting

Bharuch and Dahej. Existing employees and contract workers shall use the same route during peak hours.

2.9.5 Fugitive Emissions & its Control

Dusting in the material handling section, fugitive emission of Lime stone dust, coal dust, fly ash dust are possible.

To control these emissions, following steps will be taken:

Enclosed conveyors for the transportation of the solid fuel;

Water sprinkling system in the material storage yard to suppress the dusting due to winds;

Storage of the fly Ash only in closed silo;

Transportation of the fly ash in bunkers.

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.9.6 Online Monitoring Systems

Existing

MFL has installed online monitoring system in their existing facilities. Details of the same are as tabulated in Table

2-15. Recent online data for the parameters which are being monitored online and which are linked with GPCB &

CPCB servers are provided in Annexure 23.

Proposed

Online monitoring system (Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring system & sensors on flue gas stacks) shall be

provided with the data connected to the GPCB site before the receipt of Consent to Operate for the proposed unit.

Table 2-15: Details of Existing & Proposed Online Monitoring Systems

S.

No. Name of Plant

Type of

Monitoring

System

Process

Attached

Parameter

Monitored Device Make

Certified

Agency

Existing Systems

1 Power Plant (Coal Based)

– 2 stacks Emission Boiler

SPM DURAG TUV

SO2 & NOx PRIMA TUV & CE

2 Chlor-Alkali Plant Emission Alkali Scrubber Chlorine PRIMA TUV

3 Chlor-Alkali Plant Emission Water Scrubber Chlorine & HCl PRIMA TUV

4 Chlor-Alkali Plant Effluent ETP pH Yokogawa TUV

5 Chlor-Alkali Plant Effluent ETP Flow Endress +

Hauser TUV

6 Chlor-Alkali Plant Effluent ETP TSS Insite

Instrument USA TUV

Proposed Systems

1 New Power Plant (Coal

Based) – 1 stacks Emission Boiler

SPM DURAG TUV

SO2 & NOx PRIMA TUV & CE

2

Continuous Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring

system

AAQ Nr. Security

Gate

PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx Not finalized Yet

2.10 NOISE GENERATION

From the proposed project, noise shall be generated from the various activities. Source of noise generation are:

Heavy machinery like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be used during daytime of construction phase;

Operation of turbine, DG set , cooling tower, pumps, FD-ID Fans & compressor;

Vehicle movement for transportation of raw material.

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.11 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL DETAILS

2.11.1 Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation

The principal area of water consumption in the proposed project will be in Process, Washing, Boiler, Cooling,

Domestic & Gardening purpose. The breakup of water consumption from existing and proposed unit is presented in

Table 2-16.

Table 2-16: Details of Water Consumption from Existing and Proposed Unit

S.

No. Particulars

Water Consumption (KLD)

Existing Units Proposed Power Plant Total after expansion

1 Domestic 35 0 35

2 Gardening 500 0 500

3 DM Plant 0 15 15

4 Process / Boiler 1,579 0 1,579

5 Boiler 290 734* 1,024

6 Softener 0 97 97

7 Cooling 3,574 3,112 6,686

8 Washing 155 0 155

Total Water demand 6,133 3,959 10,092

Recycled Water 500 86 586

Fresh Water Demand 5,633 3,873 9,506

* Additional capacity of boiler is reserved for future process steam requirement.

Wastewater generation from the existing and proposed unit is presented in Table 2-17.

Table 2-17: Details of Wastewater Generation from Existing and Proposed Unit

S.

No. Particulars

Wastewater Generation (KLD) Remark

Existing Proposed Total

1 Domestic 35 0 35 To Existing ETP

2 DM Plant 0 15 15 Use for dust, Ash and coal handling

3 Process 778 0 778 To Existing ETP

4 Boiler 15 86 101 15 KLD to Existing ETP and 86 KLD to use

as make up water for Cooling Tower

5 Softener 0 97 97 Use for dust, Ash and coal handling

6 Cooling 1,564 308 1,872 1,564 KLD to Existing ETP and 308 KLD

Use for dust, Ash and coal handling

7 Washing 155 0 155 To Existing ETP

Total Wastewater

Generation and

Treatment Facility

2,547 507 3,054

86 KLD to Cooling Tower, 421 KLD

use for dust, ash & coal Handling for

proposed PP & 2,547 to Existing ETP

Water balance diagram for existing units, proposed power plant and combined (after expansion) is provided in

Figure 2-4, Figure 2-5 & Figure 2-6 respectively.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ,

BHARUCH, GUJARAT 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Figure 2-4: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit




Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – Proposed Power Plant Unit




Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram – Combined (After Expansion)

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.11.2 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal Facility

Existing Facility

The effluent generated from the existing plant is about 2,547 KLD which is treated in existing ETP of capacity 2,500

KLD having adequate additional design margin of 10%. The treated water from the ETP is reused for gardening and

rest is discharged into GIDC drain as per GPCB consent. Permission for discharge is provided as Annexure 19.

Wastewater Generation, Segregation & Treatment Facility

The effluent coming from the various areas like caustic soda plant, power plant, domestic sewage and other utilities

blow downs is collected into the collection tank and then transferred to neutralization tank. Lime dosing is carried

out to neutralize the effluent. Neutralized effluent is then directly collected in final treated water tank. From final

collection tank, effluent is discharged into GIDC drain for sea disposal.

Online flow meter & pH meter is installed at final disposal point before treated water is disposed into GIDC drain.

Sludge will be collected in sludge drying beds, dried it and then disposed at approved TSDF site.

Design Basis Inlet & Outlet Characteristics for Existing ETP

Characteristics of untreated and treated waste water is shown in Table 2-18.

Table 2-18: Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics of Existing ETP

S. N. Parameter Unit Design Inlet Characteristics for ETP Design Outlet Characteristics of ETP

1 Design Flow m3/day 2,500 2,500

2 COD mg/l 250 <250

3 BOD mg/l 100 <100

4 TDS mg/l 35,000 -

5 SS mg/l 250 <100

List of Existing ETP Units

An effluent treatability study vis-à-vis the adequacy and efficacy of the treatment facilities proposed for the

wastewater to be generated along with adequacy was carried out. The list of existing ETP units with capacity is

given Table 2-19.

Table 2-19: List of Existing ETP units with Capacity

S. No. Unit Name No. of Unit Size (m) Total Capacity (m3)

1 Collection Tank 1 20 x 15 x 2 600

2 Neutralization Tank 2 5 x 5 x 2.5 62.5

3 Final Treated Water Tank 2 25 x 40 x 1.5 1,500

4 Sludge Drying Beds -- -- --

Adequacy of Existing ETP

Adequacy in terms of hydraulic load is given in Table 2-20.

Table 2-20: Adequacy of Existing ETP

S. N. Unit Name No. of

Unit

Volume

(m3)

Total Capacity

(m3)

Flow

(m3/day)

Retention

Time (hr) Remarks

1 Collection Tank 1 600 600 2,500 5.76 Adequate

2 Neutralization Tank 2 62.5 125 2,500 1.2 Adequate

3 Final Treated Water Tank 2 1,500 3,000 2,500 28.8 Adequate

M/S. MEGHMANI




Process block diagram of Existing ETP is given in Figure 2-7.

Figure 2-7: Process Block Diagram of Existing ETP

Treated water Quality at Lagoon/Final Outlet Point

Analysis Results/Quality of Treated Effluents taken by GPCB are given in Annexure 20. It is noted that the quality

of treated effluent is well within the discharged limits given by GPCB report.

2.11.3 Wastewater Treatment & Disposal Facility – After Expansion of Power Plant

After Proposed Expansion the effluent generated from the existing unit (Chlor alkali plant & Power Plant -65 MW

capacity) will be treated as described above in existing wastewater treatment facility and treated water will be

discharged into GIDC drain after matching with discharge norms as per GPCB consent conditions.

Zero liquid discharge will be achieved for proposed 67 MW CPP.

67 MW Power Plant (Zero Liquid Discharge)

From the proposed power plant, the wastewater will be mainly generated form utilities blow downs like cooling

tower, boiler DM plant and Softener unit. Boiler blow down will be directly used for cooling tower make up water

while other effluents will be collected into collection tank where pH correction will be carried out, if required. Due to

pH correction with caustic, there will be no sludge formation. The salts formed will be carried away as a part of the

treated water, which will be then used for dust suppression, in coal handling and & in existing ash handling unit.

Thus, zero effluent discharge criteria for new power plant will be met. Rest of the effluent from other plants will be

treated in existing ETP and will be disposed to GIDC Drain after meeting the GPCB effluent discharge norms.

Process block diagram of proposed waste water treatment is given in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8: Process Block Diagram of Proposed Wastewater Treatment

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.12 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE AND

DISPOSAL

Quantification and Categorization of Waste

Quantification and Categorization of Existing and Proposed Solid Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Generation

related to power plant is given in Table 2-21. For the other units, hazardous waste is stored and disposed as per

the valid CC&A.

Table 2-21: Details of Existing and Proposed Hazardous & Non Hazardous Wastes

S. No

Waste Name

Category Quantity / Month (unless mentioned)

Source Disposal Method Existing Proposed Total

Hazardous Waste

1 Used Oil 5.1 1.7 KL 0.3 KL 2 KL Process

Will be collected, stored and reused as

low grade lubrication and left over

quantity (if any) sold to an authorized

dealer or reprocessor.

Non-Hazardous Waste

1 Fly Ash -- 1,890 MT 4,968 MT 6,858 MT CPP

Sold to brick manufacturer / Cement

industries. Permission is attached as

Annexure 25.

Identification of Solid and Other waste

Solid waste and other waste generated from the processes are tabulated in Table 2-22.

Table 2-22: Identification of Other Waste

Category Waste and Disposal method

Municipal Solid Waste

Other solid wastes generated would include kitchen waste, cardboard, paper, plastic and garden wastes

which are hand over to authorize vendors or sent to nearest municipal waste collection site for disposal

as MSW.

Industrial Solid Waste Scraps, paper bags, cardboards.

Plastic Waste Plastic bags etc.

E-waste

Generated from the computer lab and administrative buildings. E-Waste comprises of discarded

computers, copiers, fax machines, inverters, cell phones, CD’s, LAN Cables, Keyboards, Mouse, SMPS,

Fuses, Data cables, mobile/laptop peripherals like earphones, chargers, circuit boards, printer

cartridges etc. Electronic wastes will be handled as per the provisions of the E-Wastes (Management

and Handling) Rules, 2011.

Storage of Waste (Proposed Power Plant)

The storage area for Hazardous waste generated from the proposed power plant will be 50 m2.

Treatment of Waste

MFL possess Secured Landfill Facilities within the premises. MFL will also get memberships from the M/s BEIL for

Common Solid Waste Disposal Facility and Common Incinerator Facility for the disposal of waste whenever

required. The acceptance letter from M/s. BEIL is attached as Annexure 24.

Decontamination of discarded drums/ containers

There are numbers of chemicals used in manufacturing process many of these chemicals will be brought in the

plastic or MS drums. After the use of these chemicals, drums will be sent back to the suppliers for refilling or it is

decontaminated and sell to approve authorized recycler. Decontamination mainly done by washing and generated

M/S. MEGHMANI




water will be treated with effluent in the ETP. Unit is maintaining the record of generation of drums/carboys & final

disposal to registered venders for reuse recycle through log books.

Ash Handling System

Disposal of ash will be directly on ash tanker through spout arrangement. 400 m3 RCC silo for fly ash & bed ash of

capacity 100 m3 shall be provided.

Fly ash generated due to usage of existing coal is handled and disposed as per the following steps:

The quantity of fly ash from the flue gases of the different zones viz furnace, bank tubes, economizer & bag

filters are collected and conveyed to common bunker by Dense Phase conveying system;

The fly ash from the common bunker is conveyed to storage silo;

The whole system is totally enclosed and no emission will be generated;

Bag filter is provided to the common silo having adequate capacity;

The fly ash is given to cement manufacturer, brick manufacturing unit and for road construction.

Fly-Ash Utilization Plan

As per fly ash notification, 1999 amended till date, company is distributing generated fly ash for brick or cement

making process. Mutual Purchase Agreement with Satyam Enterprise is obtained and attached as Annexure 25.

Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

All waste is being handed with proper PPEs like hand gloves, organic mask, gum boots/ safety shoes, dust mask/

nose mask will be provided to workers and drivers involved in handling and transportation of hazardous waste. The

wastes are handed in drums, cans and plastic bags and further transferred at the storage location in the Solid cum

Hazardous Waste Storage. Brine and ETP sludge will be transported through specially designed trolleys to the

secured landfill facility.

Transportation of Waste

The transport of the hazardous wastes will be in accordance with the provisions of The Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date and the rules made

by the Central Government under the Motor Vehicles Act. 1988.

Manifest system will be followed in accordance to Form 10 of Hazardous Waste Management (Management

Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.

TREM card will be provided to the transport drivers as per Form 11 of Hazardous waste Management

(Management Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended till date.

Fly ash will be transported in Covered trucks.

Waste recycling

The domestic waste will be utilized for gardening purpose.

The generated Fly ash will be raw material for Cement industries / Brick manufacturing industries.

2.13 PROJECT LAYOUT AND COMPONENTS

The project layout map is shown in Map 2-4. The components of the project along with the Area break-up are

shown in Table 2-2 & Table 2-3 respectively.

M/S. MEGHMANI




2.14 MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE

Description of operational control incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environmental

operating conditions at design stage are given in Table 2-23.

Table 2-23: Operational Controls at Design Stage

S.

No.

Name

of Plant Parameters

Operational Controls at Design Stage

Air Water Solid / Hazardous Waste

Air (Prevention &

Control of Pollution)

Act – 1981

Water (Prevention &

Control of Pollution)

Act – 1974

MSW rules and Hazardous

Waste (Management Handling

& Trans Boundary Movement)

Rules, 2008

1 Power

Plant

Energy Energy efficiency will be considered during technology selection

SPM ESP -- --

SO2 Limestone dosing,

Adequate Stack Height -- --

NOX CFBC Technology, low

temperature operations -- --

Waste Water -- Treated waste water will

be fully recycled. --

Solid Waste -- --

Waste will be given to authorized

vendors and recyclers as per the

SHW rules as per the requirements.

Fly ash will be given to cement

manufacturer, brick manufacturing

unit and for road construction.

2.15 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY

No new and untested technology is being proposed. World-wide tested technology shall be used for this project.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 STUDY AREA

The study area is considered within 10 km radius of the project site at Dahej. Study area map of proposed project

is shown in Map 3-1.

3.2 PERIOD

Monitoring surveys of the study area has been carried out in December 2016 – February 2017 (1st December, 2016

– 28th February, 2017).

3.3 COMPONENTS

Baseline environmental qualities of valued components like air, noise, water, land, flora, fauna and socio-economic

are an important and integral part of the environment. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing

the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field

surveys within the impact zone as well as secondary data for various components of the environment.

3.4 METHODOLOGY

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from the guidelines given in

the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and soil quality in the study area

was collected by conducting primary data collection which includes sampling/field studies, survey & secondary data

collection.

Field monitoring for meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, water quality, noise quality, soil quality etc. has

been carried out, which constitutes major portion of the baseline environmental studies. In addition to these

important parameters, certain aspects like land use, socio-economic studies, ecological and biodiversity studies etc.

are covered during the study period. This information is based on secondary information sources and constitutes

remaining part of the baseline environmental studies.

The entire data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction

with locals, government agencies and departments.

3.4.1 Primary data Collection

Primary Data collected includes:

Sampling/Field Studies Survey

Ambient air quality

Noise

Ground water/Surface water quality

Soil Quality

Land Use Pattern

Flora and Fauna

Socio Economic

Kadam’s laboratory at Vadodara has been utilized for the analysis of collected samples. The lab is both, accredited

to NABL as per BIS/ISO 17096 & is a Gazetted laboratory under the Environment Protection Act. Certificate &

Recognition letters are provided in Annexure 40.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Map 3-1: Study Area Map



Map 3-2: Sampling Location Map

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


3.4.2 Secondary Data Collection

This includes review of secondary/published information on:

Long Term Meteorological Data from IMD;

Socio-Economic profile from Primary Census Abstract;

Sensitive area as reserve forests, sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological, tourist’s importance, etc. if

any.

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as identified in the scope;

Base maps of all environmental components.

3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology

The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published long-term climatological

tables (1961 – 1976) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Broach (Station ID: 42841). After 1976, this

station is not in operation.

The observatory was situated in the compound of the District Local Board Office. The place was in a low lying area

with tall trees all around. The Narmada flows nearby. Wind instruments were on the topmost terrace of the office

building. Observatory was then situated at K.G. Polytechnic, Bharuch.

A copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 26. These tables give useful information

about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 15-year period.

Temperature

The mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures recorded were 39.9°C (in the month of April) & 11.3°C (in

the month of January) respectively. The highest temperature recorded was 47.8°C on 20th May, 1955. The lowest

temperature recorded was 4.0°C on 22nd January, 1962.

During the winter season, i.e. for months of December, January and February mean daily maximum and minimum

temperatures remain between 11.3 – 33.5ºC.

Wind

Long term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-1. Overall for the whole year, first predominant wind

directions are from SW Direction (45 %), second predominant wind direction is from NE (22.5 %) and third

predominant wind direction is from NW Direction (13 %).

During the study period, i.e. winter period (December – February), first predominant wind direction is from NE

direction (48.5 %), second predominant wind direction is from SW Direction (16.2 %) and third predominant wind

direction is from NW Direction (13.5 %).

Table 3-1: Predominant/Mean Wind Direction IMD – Bharuch

Month

Predominant Wind

First Second Third

Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening

January NE NE SW SW SE NW

February NE NE NW SW SW NW

March SW SW NE NW SE NE

April SW SW NW NW SE NE

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Month

Predominant Wind

First Second Third

Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening

May SW SW NW NW SW SE

June SW SW SW NW W/NW SE

July SW SW S SE W S/NW

August SW SW W NW S/NW SW/W

September SW SW NW NW W W

October SW SW NE NE SE SE

November NE NE SW SW SE SE

December NE NE SE SE/SW SW NW

Rainfall

The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is regular. Annual total rainfall in the region

is 912.1 mm.

Distribution of rainfall by season is 860.7 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September), 38.7 mm in post-

monsoons (October – November), 2.8 mm in winter (December, January, February) and 9.9 mm in summer

(March, April, May). About 94.4 percent of the annual rainfall in the region is received during the monsoon months

i.e. June to September. July is the rainiest month.

Maximum rainfall in any one month was recorded in the month of September in year 1954 which was about 790.1

mm. July is having maximum number of rainy days i.e. 13.5.

Cloud Cover

The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon season. Generally

cloud cover ranges from 1.5 to 6.7 OKTAS during this monsoon season.

In the winter season, cloud cover ranges from 0.1 to 1.1 OKTAS.

Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and winter in that order.

Mornings are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from a high of 81-90% in monsoon mornings

to a low of 34-44% in winter evenings.

During winter season, relative humidity during morning and evening remains between 64 – 74 % and 34 – 44%

respectively. Average meteorological condition is given in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Bharuch

Month Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall (mm)

Monthly Total

No. of

Rainy

days

Relative Humidity

(%), (Morning)

Relative Humidity

(%), (Evening) Max Min

January 31.2 11.3 1.2 0.2 71 38

February 33.5 14 1.4 0.1 64 34

March 37.7 18.6 0.2 0 65 29

April 39.9 23.1 0.5 0.1 66 31

May 39.6 25.8 9.2 0.4 74 39

June 35.7 26.3 108.5 4.9 81 58

July 32.1 25.3 290.4 13.5 89 74

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Month Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall (mm)

Monthly Total

No. of

Rainy

days

Relative Humidity

(%), (Morning)

Relative Humidity

(%), (Evening) Max Min

August 31.4 24.9 279.1 12.7 90 79

September 32.5 24.4 182.7 7.8 87 68

October 35.9 21.9 16.8 0.8 76 46

November 34.7 16.7 21.9 0.7 73 42

December 31.5 12.6 0.2 0 74 44

Total -- -- 912.1 41.2 -- --

Average 34.6 20.4 -- -- 76 49

3.5.2 Site Specific Meteorology

Baseline meteorological data has been collected hourly by installing automatic meteorological station at roof top of

SEZ office, which is ~ 8.30 Km in W direction from the project site. Photographs showing Meteorological Station set

up is given in Photograph 3-1.

Photograph 3-1: Photographs of Meteorological Station Setup

Meteorological Station at rooftop of SEZ Office

Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters

Methodology for meteorological data collection is given in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S.

No.

Sampling

Parameters

Sample collection Total

Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency Methodology

Sampling equipment

Sensitivity/

Detection

Limit

1 Wind Speed Anemometer cup

counter (0 to 65 m/s) 0.25 m/s

December,

2016 to

February, 2017

Hourly

USEPA Document

No. EPA-454/R-99-

005, Feb 2000

(Meteorological

Monitoring Guidance

for Regulatory

Modelling

Applications)

2 Wind Direction Wind vane

(0° to 357°) 1°

3 Temperature Thermometer

(-40° to 60°) 0.1°C

4 Humidity

Relative Humidity

meter

(0-99%)

3%

5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


S.

No.

Sampling

Parameters

Sample collection Total

Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency Methodology

Sampling equipment

Sensitivity/

Detection

Limit

6 Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly Visual Inspection by

the observer.

Winter 2016-17’s Site Specific Meteorological Data

Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Mean Site Specific Meteorological Data – Winter Season

Time Temp °C Relative

Humidity %

Wind Speed

(m/sec)

Wind

Direction

Cloud Cover,

Octas

Rainfall,

mm

0:00 22.2 55.6 2.8 NE 3.1 0.0

1:00 21.4 57.0 2.7 NE 2.8 0.0

2:00 20.7 59.2 2.6 NE 2.8 0.0

3:00 20.0 60.9 2.6 NE 2.9 0.0

4:00 19.3 63.4 2.4 NE 2.8 0.0

5:00 18.7 65.4 2.5 NE 2.9 0.0

6:00 18.2 67.0 2.5 NE 3.0 0.0

7:00 17.8 68.2 2.5 NE 3.0 0.0

8:00 18.8 67.3 2.7 NE 2.9 0.0

9:00 20.9 61.2 3.1 NE 3.0 0.0

10:00 23.3 54.2 3.3 NE 2.8 0.0

11:00 25.4 48.3 3.5 NE 3.0 0.0

12:00 27.1 43.0 3.6 NE / NW 3.1 0.0

13:00 28.1 40.8 3.7 NW 3.1 0.0

14:00 28.6 40.5 4.0 NW 3.1 0.0

15:00 29.3 37.7 3.9 NW 3.3 0.0

16:00 29.1 36.6 4.0 NW 3.1 0.0

17:00 28.6 37.5 3.7 NW 3.0 0.0

18:00 27.4 41.6 3.1 NW 2.9 0.0

19:00 26.1 46.2 2.9 NW 2.7 0.0

20:00 25.2 49.3 2.9 N 2.6 0.0

21:00 24.4 52.2 3.0 N 2.6 0.0

22:00 23.7 53.7 2.8 NE 2.7 0.0

23:00 22.9 55.5 2.7 NE 2.8 0.0

Mean /

Predominant 23.6 52.6 3.1 NE 2.9 0.0

Site-specific meteorological data shows that:

Average wind speed was 3.1 m/sec and mostly the morning hours are windier.

Average temperature recorded was 23.6°C and average relative humidity was 52.6%.

Wind blows predominantly from NE to SW direction (27 %). Calm condition is 0.79%. Windrose diagram is

shown as Figure 3-1.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-1: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season, 2016-17

Collation of Site Specific Data with Secondary Data of IMD

Site specific Meteorological data is compared with IMD’s secondary data as shown in Table 3-5.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-5: Collation of Primary Meteorological data with Secondary Data (IMD)

S.

No. Parameters

Winter Season’s Data (1st December 2016 – 28th

February, 2017) Remarks

Site Specific; (24 hours) Long term IMD Data; (8.30

and 17.30 hours only)

1 Wind Speed Average Wind Speed is 11.0

Km/Hr.

Average Wind Speed is 6.0

Km/Hr.

Difference is probably ascribable

the fact that IMD readings are

only taken in the morning and

evening while site specific data is

for 24 hour readings. Also the

Site is closer to Gulf of Khambhat

compared to the Bharuch IMD

station.

2 Wind Direction

Wind blows predominantly

from NE to SW direction.

Calm Conditions: 0.79 %

Wind blows predominantly

from NE to SW direction.

Calm Conditions: 0.3 %.

Generally similar, minor

divergences noted can be

ascribed to locational differences,

differences in number of

readings and duration of studies

(one season v/s long term).

3 Temperature Max.: 36.7°C

Min.: 12.2°C

Max.: 33.5°C

Min.: 11.3°C

4 Relative Humidity Max.: 94.2%

Min.: 14.2 %

Max.: 74 %

Min.: 34 %

Sampling location map within the study area is shown in Map 3-2.

3.5.3 Land Use

Methodology Adopted for Land Use / Land Cover Study

Land Use and Land Cover classification methodology is described in Annexure 29. The project area was placed,

based on co-ordinates taken on the site, on satellite imagery and determined the study area for the proposed

project. The resulting satellite data of study area was interpreted through onscreen visual interpretation using basic

elements of interpretation resulting in the combined land use/cover map for the proposed project.

To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:

Study and collection of relevant documents and maps

Interpretation of satellite data

Ground truth study/Field survey

Final map preparation

Study and Collection of Relevant Documents and Maps

This covers:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution

(<1.0 m) imagery.

Topographical maps as base map.

Reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a general feel of the entire ground area which can aid in the

preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was imported to software and geo referencing of the imagery was done by

registering it to the SOI maps through identification of common points between the map and the image.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Considering the basic elements of interpretation, such as tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association,

shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary

reconnaissance survey, the interpretation was accomplished.

Ground Truth Studies/Field survey

A detailed ground truth study was carried out to check the accuracy of the interpreted data. It comprises of data

collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and longitudes.

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land use / cover are correct thus improving

the quality of the output. Interaction was done with local people to gather background information.

The field survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of unidentified features. Field notes were

kept in the form of log sheets recording information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land

use/cover. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.

Table 3-6 & Photograph 3-2 enumerates the land features in the study area and its corresponding GPS readings

of all the ground truthing locations verified.

Table 3-6: GPS readings within Study Area

S. No. Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Location Classes

1 21°43’54.1’’ 72°36’57.3’’ Dahej Scrub, scattered Prosopis sp. and Canal along road

2 21°42’54.7’’ 72°37’03.1’’ Dahej Industrial Area

3 21°43’32.2’’ 72°37’08.5’’ Dahej Scrub and Canal along road

4 21°42’55.9’’ 72°39’19.7’’ Jolwa Village

5 21°40’48.6’’ 72°35’39.3’’ Ambetha Mudflat

6 21°44’03.0’’ 72°32’48.6’’ Dahej Along creek - Mangroves

7 21°47’09.5’’ 72°36’17.7’’ Padariya Grassland

8 21°45’55.6’’ 72°38’43.5’’ Kadodara Village

9 21°43’41.4’’ 72°38’01.3’’ Vadadala Wasteland

10 21°43’08.3’’ 72°41’41.5’’ Atali Grassland

Photograph 3-2: Various Land Cover of Study Area

Dahej Industrial area Scattered Prosopis and canal along the

road Dahej Industrial area

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Mangroves along Creek at Dahej Mudflat

Class Wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S.

No.

Primary

Classification Secondary Classification

Area, Secondary Class Area, Primary Class

km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~%

1 Built-up Land or

Habitation

Residential / Commercial 3.3 334 1.0 21.2 2,124 6.2

Industrial 17.9 1,790 5.2

2 Agricultural Land Crop Land/Fallow Land 55.9 5,592 16.2

56.1 5,609 16.3

Plantation 0.2 17 0.1

3 Wastelands Land without Scrub 22.8 2,279 6.6

66.6 6,658 19.3 Mudflat 43.8 4,379 12.7

4 Water Bodies

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds /

Tanks 3.4 342 1.0

55.5 5,547 16.1

River 52.1 5,205 15.1

5 Vegetation Cover

Scrub 60.5 6,051 17.5

100.7 10,067 29.2

Open Vegetation 22.4 2,240 6.5

Close Vegetation 4.3 426 1.2

Marshy Vegetation 1.9 193 0.6

Mangroves 11.6 1,157 3.4

6 Forest Area

Scrub (Forest) 1.4 137 0.4

5.1 508 1.5 Open Forest 1.3 127 0.4

Close Forest 2.4 244 0.7

7 Others

Salt Pans 38.2 3,822 11.1

40.1 4,005 11.6 Grass Cover 0.0 1 0.0

Creek 1.8 182 0.5

Total 345.18 34,518 100.0

Note: Roads, Railways, Canals are not calculated separately in area statistics

Pie chart of the landuse distribution in study area is shown in Figure 3-2.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-2: Pie Chart – Landuse of Study Area

Site History

As per discussion with MFL officials, the site was barren and having scrubs which was not in use for a long time.

Land was bought from farmers by GIDC, after which plotting was done. No history of previous owner was available

as on date for the survey numbers of the site. The proposed site was then taken by Meghmani Organics on

14/12/2006. It was transferred to Meghmani Finechem Limited 18/12/2007.

Conclusion

The most observed category in the region was agriculture followed by scrub as per area covered.

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages is derived for the

study area. This concludes the land use identification and description of component of study.

List of Major Industries within Study Area

The list of major industries along with the type and name is provided in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: List of Major Industries

S. N. Name Type of Industry

1 Meghmani Unichem Ltd. Pharmaceutical

2 Meghmani Chemtech Ltd. Pigment

3 Meghmani Organics Ltd. Agrochemical

4 Pidilite Industries Ltd. Pigment

5 M/s Neesa Infrastructure India Pvt. Ltd. Fabrication

6 DIC. Finnechemical Pvt. Ltd. Pigment

7 M/s Sarju Impex Ltd. Cylinder manufacturing

8 M/s Torrent Energy Ltd. Power

9 Firenish Aromatic Prod. Ltd. Perfumery and Flavour

10 Indofil Chemicals Company Fungicide

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


S. N. Name Type of Industry

11 Gujarat Floro Chemicals Ltd. Refrigerant Gas and Flourospeciality chemicals

12 Steerling Auxiaries Pvt. Ltd. Synthetic Organic Chemicals

13 Noicil Ltd. Rubber Chemicals and Rubber chemical Intermediates

14 Deepak Nitrat Ltd. Synthetic Organic chemicals

15 ONGC Petro Additions Ltd. Petrochemical

16 Pushpa Polymer Pvt. Ltd. Polymer

17 Hindalco Industries Ltd. Copper smelting

18 Hindustan Salts Ltd. Salt

19 Gujarat Chemical Port Terminal Company Limited Port and Stoarge Terminal

20 Rallis India Ltd. Fertilzers and Pesticides

21 Firmenta Biotech Ltd. Synthetic Organic Chemicals

22 Glenmark Pharma Ltd. Pharmaceutical

23 Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pharmaceutical

24 LNG Dahej Gas Storage Terminal and Port

25 IPCL Reliance Ltd. Petrochemical

26 ABG Shipyard Ship Building Yard

27 Astral Biochem Alcohol and Derivatives

28 Bharat Rasayan Ltd. Insecticide

29 Gandhar Petrochemicals Petrochemical

30 Vishal Organic Synthetic Organic Chemicals

31 Panoli Intermediates Ltd. Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Pharmaceutical

32 Indocat Pvt. Ltd Additives and Catalysts

33 Sajjan India Ltd. Synthetic Organic Chemicals

34 Insecticides Ltd. Insecticide

35 Gujarat Polybutines Pvt. Ltd. Petrochemical

36 Borex Moraji Ltd. Boron

37 Mehta Petrochem Pvt. Ltd Petrochemical

39 Ronak Builwell Pvt. Ltd Infrastructure

40 Welspun Pipes Manufacturing

41 First Carbon Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Carbon distributor

42 Kaneria Granito Ltd Tiles Manufacturing

43 Sun Pharma Ltd. Pharmaceutical

44 M/s Siggachi Cellulos Pvt. Ltd Pharmaceutical intermediates

45 M/s P&G Cretechem Food Processing

Source: GIDC, Bharuch Office

Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for

the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and

were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps. The image classified into the all classes for

different regions of interest are given in Map 3-3.

Important Features within the Study Area

There is no biosphere reserve, national park, and sanctuary within the study area. However, details of the

important features in the study area are provided in Table 3-9.

http://www.gcptcl.com/

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-9: Important Feature within the Study Area

S.

No. Features

Name and Distance (Within 10 km of Study

Area unless otherwise mentioned)

1 Distance to Critically Polluted Areas from project site None

2 National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary None

3 Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve / Turtle Nesting Ground None

4 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve None

5 Reserved / Protected / Social Forests Dahej Reserved Forest: 7.0 km towards W

Lakhigam Reserved Forest: 7.8 km towards WSW

6 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserves None

7 Habitat for migratory birds None

8 Estuary/Sea/Lakes/Reservoir/Dams/streams/River ~21 water bodies are located in the study area.

9 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Narmada Estuary: 3.8 km towards S

10 Mangroves Afforested Mangroves: 7.3 km towards WNW

11 Mountains/Hills None

12 Archaeological Sites (as per ASI) None

13 Defense Installation None

14 Industries Yes, since the proposed site is located in Industrial

Estate

15 Airports None

16 Railway Lines Dahej Railway Station: 2.4 km towards SW

17 National/ State Highway SH-165: 0.2 km towards S



Map 3-3: Land Use / Land Cover Map

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


3.5.4 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Quality Monitoring was conducted at Eight (8) different locations within the study area.

Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 24 hours twice a week at each station spread over the entire season.

Parameters Monitored and Methods Used

The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Nitrogen Oxides (NOx). The detailed

monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in Table 3-10.

Table 3-10: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling

Parameters Sampling equipment

Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity/Detection

Limit Methodology

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler with

Cyclone & Flow measurement Electronic balance 10 µg/m3

Gravimetric IS: 5182

(Part 23) 2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler Electronic Balance 2 µg/m3 Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous Flow (Impinger with

TCM) with RDS Spectro photometer 3.7 µg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182:

(Part II) 2001

NOX

Gaseous Flow (Impinger with

Sodium Hydroxide (0.1 N)

Media) with RDS

Spectro photometer 6 µg/m3 Colorimetric IS: 5182:

(Part VI) 2006

Selected Sampling Stations

The locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring were decided based on the prescribed guidelines1. For this EIA, the

purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected

to ascertain quality of air at important human settlements (residential areas).

Details of ambient air quality monitoring locations and justification for selecting these stations are presented in

Table 3-11 and Photograph 3-3.

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details

Code Location Distance from Site

(Km) Direction Justification

AA01 At Project Site 0 - Core

AA02 At GLC Area (Nr. GACL – Plot 3) ~ 1.09 SW Downwind

AA03 At Vadadla Village ~ 1.4 NE Upwind

AA04 At Vadadla Crossing ~ 2.19 SE 1st Crosswind

AA05 Nr. Salt Pan Area ~ 3.2 NW 2nd Crosswind

AA06 Nr. Forest Area ~ 8.0 WSW Sensitive Area

AA07 At Vav Village ~ 4.13 NE 2nd Upwind

AA08 At Jolva Village ~ 3.75 E 3rd Crosswind

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 As per Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, MoEF Published as SERIES: NAAQMS/ …/2003-04, April, 2013

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-3: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations

At Vadadla Village At GLC Area (Nr. GACL – Plot 3)

At Jolva Village At Vav Village

Ambient Air Quality Results

Detailed results of AAQM are given in Annexure 32. Complied average data are represented in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Station

code

All stations are in

Industrial, Residential,

Rural & Other Areas

(CPCB)

Parameters & Results

Note: All units are in µg/m3. Figures in brackets are CPCB limits. Minimum

Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10 µg/m3 for NOX.

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

(100) (60) (80) (80)

[24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

AA1 At Project Site

Maximum 103 41 15.6 33.7

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Station

code

All stations are in


Rural & Other Areas

(CPCB)




PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

(100) (60) (80) (80)

[24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours] [24 Hours]

Minimum 65 26 8.0 10.6

Average 82 33 9.8 17.3

AA2 At GLC Area

Maximum 110 63 15.6 36.5

Minimum 50 21 8.0 10.6

Average 74 30 9.5 18.0

AA3 At Vadadla Village

Maximum 112 50 9.8 21.4

Minimum 54 21 <8.0 13.0

Average 86 35 8.3 17.1

AA4 At Vadadla Crossing

Maximum 123 63 14.6 36.5

Minimum 52 25 <8.0 16.2

Average 96 38 10.0 24.5

AA5 Nr. Salt Pan Area

Maximum 68 32 10.2 28.6

Minimum 42 15 <8.0 10.2

Average 57 25 8.2 16.5

AA6 Nr. Forest Area

Maximum 72 37 9.1 21.7

Minimum 47 22 <8.0 <10

Average 63 29 8.2 17.2

AA7 At Vav Village

Maximum 107 27 10.4 25.3

Minimum 26 6 8.0 14.7

Average 68 16 8.8 19.4

AA8 At Jolwa

Maximum 102 25 10.3 23.4

Minimum 17 8 8.0 14.7

Average 61 18 8.9 18.6

The comparison of the results with the permissible limits provided by CPCB (Ref. Annexure 27) indicates:

Average concentration of PM10 recorded ranged from minimum 42 µg/m3 (Nr. Salt Pan Area) to maximum 123

µg/m3 (At Vadadala Crossing);

Average concentration of PM2.5 recorded raged from minimum 15 µg/m3 (At Salt Pan Area) to maximum 63

µg/m3 (At Vadadala Crossing);

It is noted that the PM10 results exceeds the permissible limits of 100 µg/m3 for 24 Hrs. at all the locations

except Nr. Salt pan and Nr. Forest Area which could be due to:

Industrial & infrastructure development activities in study area (PCPIR & residential projects);

Influence of windy conditions in coastal area;

Vehicular movement on the “kaccha” roads of the villages;

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Rural activities like burning of cow dung for household purposes like using it in “chullas”.

The concentration of SO2 (8.0 – 15.6 µg/m3) & NOx (10.0 – 36.5 µg/m3) are within permissible limits as

prescribed by CPCB.

Traffic Survey

Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 6 in S direction of the proposed site, road connecting site to Dahej &

Bharuch on 14th July, 2017. The road width of this road is 15 meters, which is a 3 Lane (One Way) Arterial Road2.

Peak hours are considered from 08:00 – 12:00 Noon and 16:00 – 20:00 Hours. Average peak hourly traffic on this

route i.e. from Bharuch to Dahej and from Dahej to Bharuch is 531 and 570 PCU respectively as tabulated in Table

4-9 and Table 4-10.

Traffic Survey sheets are given in Annexure 35.

Stack Monitoring

Stack emissions, for the parameters as prescribed in latest Gujarat State Pollution Control Board’s Consent to

Operate and Authorization, were monitored for 2 flue gas stacks and 3 stacks attached to process vents.

It was found that all the parameters are well within the prescribed standards.

Monitoring results were compared with Latest Audit Report and past (latest available) GPCB’s monitoring data. No

abnormal emissions were reported in secondary data. Details of these results are given in Table 3-13 and Table

3-14.

Table 3-13: Flue Gas Stack Monitoring Results

S

No.

Stack

Attached to

Monitoring Agency

(Date)

Parameters (Units as mentioned in GPCB Limit, unless

mentioned)

SPM Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2)

Oxide of Nitrogen

(NOx)

GPCB

Limit Results

GPCB

Limit Results

GPCB

Limit Results

1

Boiler of

Captive Power

Plant – 1

Audit Report, 2016

(Range) 50 mg/Nm3

21 – 61 100

ppm

22.4 –

104 50 ppm

24.4 - 64

GPCB (08.04.2015) 21 2.28 11.83

Kadam (05.12.2016) 35 18 24

2

Boiler of

Captive Power

Plant – 2

Audit Report, 2016

(Range) 50 mg/Nm3 17 – 57 100

ppm

33 – 92 50 ppm

19 – 52.12

Kadam (06.12.2016) 55 21 36

Table 3-14: Process Vents/Stacks Monitoring Results

S

No.

Stack

Attached to Monitoring Agency (Date)


mentioned)

HCl Cl2

GPCB Limit Results GPCB Limit Results

1

Reactor of

Hypo Plant and

De-Chlorination

System

Audit Report, 2016 (Range)

20 mg/Nm3

0.56 – 9.33

9 mg/Nm3

2.30 – 3.69

GPCB (08.04.2015) NA 0.2

Kadam (06.12.2016) 2.74 0.9

2 Reactor of HCl Audit Report, 2016 (Range) 20 mg/Nm3 3.12 – 7.47 9 mg/Nm3 BDL

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 As per The Indian Road Congress - Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:106-1990), Table-2, Recommended Design

Service Volumes, page – 11.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


S

No.

Stack

Attached to Monitoring Agency (Date)


mentioned)

HCl Cl2

GPCB Limit Results GPCB Limit Results

Synthesis GPCB (08.04.2015) 1.54 BDL

Kadam (06.12.2016) 7.56 0.24

3 Reactor –

Flakers plant

Audit Report, 2014 (Range) 20 mg/Nm3

NA 9 mg/Nm3

NA

Kadam (06.12.2016) 1.24 0.56

NA – Not Available

Workplace Monitoring

MFL is carrying out work place monitoring at various locations of the plant at regular intervals. The monitoring

reports of the same are given in Table 3-15.


BHARUCH, GUJARAT 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-15: Results – Work Place Monitoring

S. N. Place / Location Date of

Monitoring Monitoring Agency

Parameter, Limit & Results in µg/m3

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx HCl Cl2 Hydrocarbon

100 60 80 80 200 100 160

1 Nr. Admin Building

19.12.2016 Supreme Envirocare, Ahmedabad 30.9 26 16.4 20.5 5.2 4.6 ND

03.01.2017 Supreme Envirocare, Ahmedabad 35.9 28 14 10.5 5.2 2.4 ND

04.08.2017 SAL College of Engineering, Ahmedabad 50.26 26.7 14.31 15.38 - - -

2 Terrace of Admin Building 03.08.2017 Excel Enviro tech, Ahmedabad 56.84 28.96 13.22 16.99 ND ND ND

3 Nr. Canteen Area 04.08.2017 SAL College of Engineering, Ahmedabad 29.31 13.52 15.18 19.33 - - -

05.08.2017 Excel Enviro tech, Ahmedabad 56.34 27.11 8.88 11.14 ND ND ND

4 Near Power Plant 03.08.2017 Excel Enviro tech, Ahmedabad 69.57 33.24 26.87 20.44 3.24 5.99 1.05

5 Packing Section Area 19.12.2016 Supreme Envirocare, Ahmedabad 35.3 29.2 18 22 2.6 4.2 ND

04.01.2017 Supreme Envirocare, Ahmedabad 39.5 27 19.2 10 4.9 2.5 ND

Detailed workplace monitoring sheet is attached as Annexure 28.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


3.5.5 Noise

The objective of noise level monitoring in study area is to establish baseline noise level to identify impact due to

proposed project activities.

Monitoring Methodology for Noise Level

Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations. Background noise

quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq(d) and dB (A) Leq(n) at the selected locations.

Methodology for monitoring of noise levels is given in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Monitoring Methodology

Env.

Component

Sampling

location Sampling Frequency Methodology

Sample collection Sampling

Parameter Sampling

equipment Detection Limit

Ambient

Noise

5

Locations

Once during the study

(Hourly reading for 24

hours at each location)

Sound Level

Measurement

(SLM)

Noise Level

Meter 0.1 dB (A)

Decibels –

dB (A)

Standards for Ambient Noise level

Standards for Ambient Noise level as per CPCB guidelines are given Table 3-17.

Table 3-17: Standards for Ambient Noise Level

Ambient Air Quality Standards in

Respect of NOISE

Area

Code Category

Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

THE NOISE POLLUTION

(REGULATION AND CONTROL) RULES,

2000

A Industrial 75.0 70.0

B Commercial 65.0 55.0

C Residential 55.0 45.0

D Silence 50.0 45.0

Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM

dB (A) Leq*: denotes the TWA of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Locations selected for Noise Level monitoring are presented in Photograph 3-4. Noise monitoring location is given

in Table 3-18 and Map showing monitoring location is shown in Map 3-4.

Table 3-18: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Station

Code Noise Monitoring Location

Date of

Monitoring

Category

Area/Zone

Distance

wrt site in

km

Direction

w.r.t Project

Site

Rationale

NL1 Nr Security gate (At Site) 15.02.17 Industrial -- --

Source of Noise NL2 At project site (NW) 15.02.17 Industrial -- --

NL3 Near Cooling Tower (At Site) 16.02.17 Industrial -- --

NL4 Near Utility area (At Site) 16.02.17 Industrial -- --

NL5 Vadadala village 18.02.17 Residential 1.83 NE

Major habitation

within 3 Km of

source of noise

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Map 3-4: Map showing Noise Monitoring Locations

Photograph 3-4: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

At Cooling Tower Nr. Utility Area

Noise Level Results

Noise readings were taken at Five (5) different locations within the study area including existing plant unit. The

average noise level for study area are tabulated Table 3-19.

Table 3-19: Noise Level Monitoring Results

Location

Code Location

Category

Area/Zone

CPCB Limits in dB (A) Average Noise levels in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time

NL1 Nr Security gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.2 55.9

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Location

Code Location

Category

Area/Zone



NL2 At project site (NW) Industrial 75.0 70.0 64.7 56.0

NL3 Near Cooling Tower Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 64.5

NL4 Near Utility area Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.3 62.7

NL5 Vadadala village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4

Observation

Noise level during day time and nighttime, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

industrial area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)).

Noise level during daytime and nighttime, in Residential area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e.

residential area (55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)).

3.5.6 Hydrology and Ground Water

Hydrology

Sources of Water

The source of raw water in the study area includes the following:

Pond / Lake

Ground Water

River Water

Analysis Methodology

The samples were collected as grab samples, from each location, once during the study period and the analysis

methodology is given in Table 3-20.

Table 3-20: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water and Surface Water

S. No Parameters Methodology

Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B(22nd Edition), pH meter √ √ 1

2 Color APHA: 2120 (22nd Edition), Visual

Comparison √ 1 Pt-Co

3 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition), Standard

Thermometer √ 1 Deg C

4 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (22nd Edition), Nephelometric √ 4 NTU

5 TDS APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition), Gravimetric √ √ 20 mg/l

6 Electrical

conductivity

APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition), Conductivity

meter √ √ 1µmoh/cm

7 COD APHA: 5220 B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric

Open reflux method √ <5 mg/l

8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44), Iodometric √ √ <3 mg/l

9 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl- B (22nd Edition) ,

Titrimetric √ √ 1.5 mg/l

10 Phenol APHA: 5530-D(22nd Edition), colorimetric √ 0.001 mg/l

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT



Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

11 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(22nd Edition),

Turbid metric √ √ < 1 mg/l

12 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition),

Titrimetric(EDTA method) √ √ < 10 mg/l

13 Ca++

Hardness

APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition)

Titrimetric,(EDTA method) √ √ < 4 mg/l

14 Mg++

Hardness

APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition), By

difference √ √ 8 mg/l

15 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric √ <10 mg/l

16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34),3.3 , colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

17 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D(22nd Edition),Colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

18 Sodium APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition), Flame

emission Photometric √ <1 mg/l

19 Potassium APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition) Flame

emission Photometric √ <1 mg/l

20 Calcium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B) Titrimetric

(EDTA Method) √ 1 mg/l

21 Magnesium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by difference √ 3 mg/l

22 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (22nd Edition), Electrical

Conductivity method √ -

23 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldhal Distillation

(22nd Edition), Titrimetric √ 0.06 mg/l

24 Total

Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric √ <1 mg/l

25 Dissolved

Oxygen APHA: 4500O-C(22nd Edition), Iodometric √ √ 0.5 mg/l

26 Ammonical

Nitrogen

APHA: 4170-B (22nd Edition) / IS:3025(part-

34), 1988, Distillation and colorimetric √ √ <0.01 mg/l

27 SAR Flamephotmetric and EDTA method √ √ -

28 Heavy Metals - - -

a Arsenic (as As) APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ √ <0.002 mg/l

b Cadmium (as

Cd)

APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition √ √ <0.003 mg/l

c Chromium (as

Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B(22nd Edition), colorimetric √ √ <0.003 mg/l

d Copper (as Cu)

APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)

IS:3025(part42):1992

√ √ <0.05 mg/l

e Cyanide (as

CN)

APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(22nd Edition),

colorimetric √ √ 0.003 mg/l

f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition), colorimetric √ √ <0.1 mg/l

g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition) / APHA: √ √ <0.01 mg/l

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT



Parameters

Analyzed in

Ground and

Surface water

Samples

Parameters

Analyzed in

River water

samples

Minimum

Detection

Limit

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)

h Mercury (as

Hg)

APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:


i Manganese (as

Mn)

APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:


j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition √ <0.02 mg/l

k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition) / APHA:

3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition) √ √ <0.08 mg/

l Boron (as B) APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric √ <0.02 mg/l

29 Total Coliform APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition), Multiple Tube

Fermentation √ √ 1.8 MPN/100ml

30 Fecal Coliform APHA: 9221-E (22nd Edition), Multiple Tube

Fermentation √ 1.8 MPN/100ml

Surface Water Sampling

Surface water samples were collected from Eight (8) different locations within the study area and they are given in

Table 3-21. Sampling locations are shown in Map 3-2, Photographs of sampling location is given in Photograph

3-5.

Table 3-21: Surface Water Sampling Location (Pond and River)

Code Location Date of

Sampling Source

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project Site

Justification

SW 1 Jolwa 20.01.2017 Pond 3.6 ESE To check the water quality of

stagnant water body SW 2 Vav 20.01.2017 Pond 4.5 NE

SW 3 Kadodara 20.01.2017 Pond 3.5 NE

SW 4 Vadadla 20.01.2017 Pond 1.8 ENE To check the water quality of at

Downstream direction SW 5 Dahej 20.01.2017 Pond 2.6 WSW

SW 6 Rahiyad 20.01.2017 Pond 6.4 ESE To check the water quality of at

Upstream direction

SW 7 Narmada River

(D/s) nr. Ambetha 20.01.2017 Estuary 4.3 SSW

To check the water quality of

stagnant water body

SW 8 Narmada River

(U/s) nr. Koliyad 20.01.2017 Estuary 9.1 ESE

To check the water quality of

flowing water body

Photograph 3-5: Surface Water Sampling Locations

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Vadadla Pond Kadodara Pond

Vav Pond Jolwa Pond

Surface water results for ponds and river (estuary) are tabulated in Table 3-22 & Table 3-24.



Table 3-22: Surface Water Analysis Results

S. No.

Parameters Unit

Classification of Water Sample Details

SW1 (Jolva) SW2 (Vav) SW3 (Kadodara) SW4 (Vadadla) SW5 (Dahej) SW6 (Rahiyad)

A B C D E Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond

20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.36 7.29 7.29 7.43 7.33 7.75

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 NS 3.8 3.6 4.2 3.2 3.9 7.75

3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 NS 1500 NS 2100 1,352 568 812 720 324 776

4 Electrical Conductivity μmhos/cm NS NS NS 1000 2250 2122 686 1092 1035 548 984

5 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 NS NS 13 10 20 8 12 15

6 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 200 320 320 320 270 380

7 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 188 194 100 80 114 92

8 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 12 126 220 240 156 288

9 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

10 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS <0.1 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

11 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NS NS NS <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

12 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 692 102 270 251 86 211

13 Sulphates mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 70 64 57 60 15 46

14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS 13.6 13.9 23.35 9.28 11.85 5.5

15 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 NS NS 0.79 0.74 0.83 0.75 0.36 0.39

16 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

17 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

18 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

19 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NS NS <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

20 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

21 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

23 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

24 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26 10.29 0.59 2.64 4.27 0.39 0.33

25 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 NS NS 170 78 330 110 170 170

NS: Not Specified, NR: No Relaxation

Classification of river water as per their intended use is described in given in Table 3-23.

Table 3-23: Classification of Water

S. No. Class Intended Use

1 A Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

2 B Outdoor bathing (organized)

3 C Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

4 D Propagation of wild life, fisheries

5 E Irrigation, industrial cooling etc.



Table 3-24: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Samples

S. No. Parameters Unit Classification for Coastal Water Marine (CPCB)

Sampling Locations

SW7 SW8

Narmada Estuary (D/s)

Nr. Ambetha

Narmada Estuary (U/s)

Nr. Koliyad SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.55 7.73

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.0

3 Colour and Odour - No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 - None None

5 Suspended Solids mg/l None from Sewage or

Industrial waste Origin - - - - 30 27

6 Turbidity NTU - 30 30 - - 2.5 2.3

7 BOD mg/l - 3 - 5 - 4 5

8 Oil and Grease

(including Petroleum Products) mg/l 0.1 - - - - <0.4 <0.4

9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.001 <0.001

10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.01 <0.01

11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 - - - - <0.001 <0.001

12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.1 <0.1

13 Dissolved Manganese (as Mn) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.04 <0.04

14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) - 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 310 170

15 Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse floating

Solids, Oil Grease and Scum - - - - -

None except for treated

Sewage and Industrial

waste Effluent

None None

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Quality of Surface Water

It is observed that:

Parameters such as BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness crossed the prescribed limits in all sample while

Chlorides exceeded the limit only at Jolva Pond, there by requiring necessary treatment if utilized for drinking

purposes;

Pond water of Jolwa, Vadadla & Kadodara can be used for Propagation of wild life, fisheries;

Pond water of Vav, Dahej & Rahiyad can be used for irrigation and industrial activities;

The quality of Narmada Estuary falls with Class SW-I as per coastal water marine standards.

Ground Water

Sample was collected from Eight (8) different locations to find ground water quality within study area which is

shown in Table 3-25. Analysis Methodology of Ground Water is given in Table 3-20.

Table 3-25: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Distance from

Project Site in

Km

Direction

w.r.t Project

Site

Justification

GW 1 Jolwa Bore well 06.02.2017 1.57 SW To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 2 Vadadla Bore well 06.02.2017 3.01 West To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 3 Vav Bore well 06.02.2017 3.42 NW To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 4 Galenda Bore well 06.02.2017 2.12 NE To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 5 Atali Bore well 06.02.2017 4.16 E To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 6 Rahiyad Bore well 06.02.2017 3.00 SE To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 7 Lakhigam Bore well 06.02.2017 7.00 SW To check groundwater quality

within study area.

GW 8 Dahej Bore well 06.02.2017 3.00 SW To check groundwater quality

within study area.

Sampling location map is shown in Map 3-2. Photographs of Groundwater sampling is shown in Photograph 3-6.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-6: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Bore well at Galenda Village Bore well at Rahiyad Village

Bore well at Vadadla Village Bore well at Jolwa Village

Bore well at Atali Village Bore well at Vav Village

Ground water analysis results of collected samples is given in Table 3-26.




Table 3-26: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples

Sampling Location Jolwa Vadadla Vav Galenda Atali Rahiyad Lakhigam Dahej

S.

No. Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for

drinking water GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.32 7.70 7.45 7.50 7.55 7.67 7.98 7.88

2 Temperature oC - - 30 29 29 29 29 29 30 30

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2,000 1,132 656 812 384 1,168 1,028 274 845

5 Electrical

conductivity µmho/cm - - 1,900 1,214 1,324 710 2,200 1,812 415 1,417

6 COD mg/lit - - <2 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <2 <2

7 BOD mg/lit - - <4 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <4 <4

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1,000 453 169 256 67 333 362 72 265

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 34 183 115 3 182 123 4 67

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 290 180 220 340 350 480 200 340

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - - 176 26 64 72 136 108 54 70

13 Mg++

Hardness mg/lit - - 114 154 156 268 155 170 146 270

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 110 180 130 140 150 180 240 220

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 38.87 3.5 23.8 23.8 73.9 58.0 9.66 38.1

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 2.27 0.93 1.33 0.41 0.70 0.79 0.71 0.71

17 Sodium mg/lit - - 221.7 75 165 15.4 214 235 35.2 132.4

18 Potassium mg/lit - - 11.3 10 15.6 23.6 16.5 10 7.80 15.6

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 70.54 10.4 128.2 28.8 54.5 43.3 21.64 28.06

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 27.7 37.4 37.9 65.1 52.0 90.4 35.48 65.61





S.

No. Parameters Unit



Acceptable

limit

Permissible


21 Salinity mg/lit - - 816.65 304 460 122 599 651 130.32 477.83

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 8.94 0.79 4.70 4.42 17.45 13.96 2.39 8.96

23 Total

Phosphorous mg/lit - - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved

Oxygen mg/lit - - 2.7 4.0 3.2 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.3 2.9

25 Ammonical

Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26 SAR - - - 5.64 2.4 3.28 0.36 3.6 3.36 1.08 3.11

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.01 <0.01

b Cadmium (as

Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Chromium (as

Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.05 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.05 <0.05

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.03 <0.03

e Cyanide (as

CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.05 <0.05

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as

Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as

Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02





S.

No. Parameters Unit



Acceptable

limit

Permissible


k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable

in any 100 ml sample Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal

Coliforms MPN/100ml

Shall not be detectable


M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Quality of Ground Water

This aquifer is in the close proximity of sea. The aquifer comprises of saline water containing high TDS. Only those

wells which are located near the surface water bodies are yielding relatively good quality water. Dilution in water

quality is likely after monsoon. Fluorides also observed above the permissible limit in Jolva, village. The saline water

yielded from wells is used for domestic purposes other than drinking water.

3.5.7 Geological Environment

Methodology

The methodology adopted for the study of baseline environment started with desk study followed by secondary

data collection. Secondary data like recent Google imagery, District Resource Map, information published by GSI

studies, to collect basic information on Geology, Hydrogeology, aquifers, identification of Topography and Structural

features of site and surrounding area.

A field visit was conducted to study site specific geological and hydrogeological conditions includes lithology,

drainage patterns, water bodies, ground water condition and any possible impact to the environmental setting due

to project.

Regional Geology

A concise description of Geology is given by Geological Survey of India is given in Table 3-27.

Table 3-27: Regional Geology

Formation / Group Lithology Geological Age

Younger alluvium Soils and blown sand Holocene

Older Alluvium Highly weathered red colored Alluvium with kanker and calc crusts Pleistocene

Jhagadia Formation Agate conglomerate Pliocene to Middle Miocene

Kand Formation Clay, marl, Limestone, Sandstone, siltstone and conglomerate Lower Miocene

Babaguru Formation Ferruginous sandstones, Clay pebbly sandstone and conglomerate -

Tarakeshwar Formation Bentonite clay, clay stone and sandstone Lower Eocene to Oligocene

Nummulite Formation Argillaceous Limestone and clay with Nummulite Lower to Upper Eocene

Vadadkhol Formation Clay Friable sandstone pebbly sandstone and Conglomerate Lower Eocene

Deccan Volcanics Basics Dykes, Plugs Rhyolite and Basalt etc. Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

Bagh Beds Sandstone, limestone and clay Middle to Upper Cretaceous

Geology of the project site

Dahej GIDC is located on west of Bharuch at Gulf of Khambhat. Topographically, the area is almost flat with gentle

slope toward west to southwest i.e. toward Gulf. Geologically, entire area is covered with recent age deposits of

fluvial and marine origin. Major part of the study area is covered with gray to yellow colored silty loam.

Topography and Geomorphology

Topographically, the entire area is almost flat with gentle dipping toward west. Geomorphologic ally, coastal area is

covered by tidal and mud flats. Drainages have acquired a pattern of deltaic condition.

Hydro geological conditions

Owing to geological conditions, the Groundwater is saline and only used for general purpose. The formation is

having low storativity since it is made up of fine sand and silt thus supply will always be limited. As per discussion

with local people and well owners, depth to water level, within study area is 8 to 10 m and total depth of wells

ranging from 15 to 20 m. Drinking water is supplied by tankers or pipe lines in most of the villages at vicinity of

GIDC and SEZ area.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


In past, most of the wells located near the surface water bodies like pond, streams were in use for drinking

purpose. After commencement of water supply for drinking purpose from Narmada canal/pipeline these became

redundant.

Seismicity of the study area

Gujarat is categorized in the seismic zone III as shown in the Maps 3-1, which is classified as having a fairly high

probability of earthquake shocks measuring 5 or 6 on the Richter scale, low probability of shocks of 6 or 7 on the

Richter scale.

Maps 3-1: Seismic Map of Gujarat

Source: www.gujarat.earthquake.gov.in

3.5.8 Soil

Objectives

To identify physical and chemical properties of soils

To identify soil pollution and suggest mitigation measures

To give monitoring plan for improving soil quality

Methodology

A field visit was conducted to study site-specific existing soil quality and conditions which includes soil color,

texture, mineralogical content and plasticity in order to identify the possible impact on the environmental setting

after the proposed project.

Regional Soil profile

The project area falls under South Gujarat Agro-climatic Zone II and Agro-ecological region-21.The annual average

rain fall is 985 mm. The soils are predominantly of trap origin deep black soils (63%), however coastal black (14%)

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


and loam soils (23%) are also present. Taxonomically these soils are classified as Vertisols. The soils at the GIDC

site are also clayey having very high water holding capacity and porosity, but permeability is very low. The soil

depth is > 100 cm and soil slope is 1-3 %. The average rainfall received in the area is around 700-800 mm. As the

area is in the proximity of sea, waters and soils are likely to be saline/alkaline. The ground water table is around 7-

8 m, indicating that ground water recharge is not feasible. The main source of water is Narmada canal as bore

wells are not feasible in the GIDC. The crops of the surrounding areas are paddy, cotton and sugarcane and in

winter sorghum and wal are grown. The cropping intensity of the area is 117%.

Soil sample collection Methodology

The locations for soil sample collection were randomly selected. The soil samples from 0-15 cm depth were

collected by using spade and pawada. The samples were homogenized and about 1 Kg soil sample was collected in

the polythylene bag, labeled with sample ID which includes site numbers and project name. The samples were

brought to the laboratory for analysis of physical (porosity, water holding capacity, permeability, particle size

distribution and chemical properties (cation exchange, electrical conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg,

Na, K).

Analysis Methodology

Soil analysis methodology is given Table 3-28.

Table 3-28: Analysis Methodology of Soil

Sampling Parameters Sample

collection Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual

sample

collection

using

hammer and

container

tube for

collecting

undisturbed

top soil.

- IS: 2720 Part 7

Trial pit method for

topsoil sample collection;

disturbed samples

Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size Distribution Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to be made

and analyzed as per

APHA, “Standard

Methods”

All method numbers are

as per APHA “Standard

Methods” (21st edition,

2005)

Cation Exchange Capacity Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24 (1976)

SAR F. Photometer (Na, K)

Titration (Ca & Mg) Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B

Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was carried out at 6 (six) locations are given in Table 3-29.

Table 3-29: Soil Sampling Locations


Sampling Source

Distance from

Project Site in

Km

Direction

w.r.t Project

Site

Justification

S1 Jolwa 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 1.57 SW To check the physical and

chemical properties around

the site

S2 Vav 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 3.01 West

S3 Vadadala 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 3.42 NW

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT



Sampling Source

Distance from

Project Site in

Km

Direction

w.r.t Project

Site

Justification

S4 Galanda 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 2.12 NE

S5 Atali 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 4.16 East

S6 Rahiyad 06-02-2017 Cultivated land 3.00 SE

Locations selected for soil sampling are shown in Map 3-2, and photographs of sampling locations are given vide

Photograph 3-7.

Photograph 3-7: Soil Sampling Locations

Sampling at Galenda Village Sampling at Rahiyad Village

.

Sampling at Vadadla Village Sampling at Vav Village

Soil sample Analysis Results

Analysis results of soil samples of different locations are given in Table 3-30.




Table 3-30: Soil Analysis Results

S.

No Parameter Unit

Sampling Locations

S1

Jolwa

S2

Vav

S3

Vadadala

S4

Galenda

S5

Atali

S6

Rahiyad

1 Porosity % 56 56 59 60 61 60

2 Water Holding Capacity % 55.20 61.30 62.30 52.40 60.80 57.36

3 Permeability mm/hr. 7.4 9.44 10.7 2.24 2.55 1.33

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 36.00 27.00 23.00 25.00 28.00 26.00

b Clay % 29.00 32.00 36.00 12.00 12.00 21.00

c Silt % 35.00 41.00 41.00 63.00 60.00 53.00

6 Texture - Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Silty loam Silty loam Silty loam

7 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 36.00 42.00 47.00 40.00 34.00 42.00

8 Electrical Conductivity μmhos/cm 285 140 294 800 265 281

9 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) - 1.32 1.06 1.73 3.08 0.31 0.32

10 Exchangeable sodium % 0.69 0.31 1.28 3.17 <0.1 <0.1

11 pH - 8.10 7.87 8.36 7.85 7.72 7.63

12 Calcium gm/kg 0.46 0.85 0.32 0.52 0.43 0.72

13 Magnesium gm/kg 0.25 0.21 0.29 0.41 0.42 0.39

14 Sodium gm/kg 0.64 0.60 0.80 1.74 0.17 0.19

15 Potassium gm/kg 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.16 0.36 0.16

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Quality of Soil

It is observed that at different locations:

The porosity ranged from 56% (Jolwa & Vav village) to 61% (Atali village) and WHC varied from 52.4%

(Galenda village) to 62.3 % (Vadadala village);

The soil permeability was low to medium which ranged from 1.33 mm/hr (Rahiyad village) to 10.7 mm/hr

(Vadadala village);

The EC of soil ranged from 140 dS/m (Vav village) to 800 dS/m (Galenda village), while ESP varied from 0.19

(Koliyad village) to 1.78 (Suva village);

These soils are neither saline nor sodic as ESP is < 5.0;

The pH of soil ranged from 7.63 (Rahiyad village) to 8.26 (Jolwa village), which indicates that soils are neutral

to slightly alkaline.

The overall soil quality indicates that soils are normal as the area is located in GIDC and not under cultivation since

long and whatever salts were there are washed off or leached down due to rain water over the years.

3.5.9 Ecology & Biodiversity

This section represents existing biodiversity status of the project site (core zone) and its surrounding environ of the

study area (buffer zone).

Field Visit

Primary field visits was done during June, 2015 by FAE, EB.

Ecology & biodiversity survey was again conducted during baseline data collection in February, 2017. It was

found that no major ecological changes took place within this preceding two years.

Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area

Buffer zone encompasses following different ecologically important features within 10 km radius of project site.

Forest /National Park / Sanctuary

No National Park or Sanctuary falls within buffer zone. However, Reserve Forest (RF) areas falls in the buffer zone

of the study area near Dahej & Lakhigam. These forest areas encompass mainly common species like Prosopis

juliflora (invasive species) and shrubs like Datura metel, Calotropis gigantea and Lantana camera are common.

According to the Champion and Seth (19683) Classification of Indian Forests, the natural vegetation of the survey

area represents the following forest-types:

Type 4A/L1 (Sub-type L1 – Littoral Forest of Sub-group A – Littoral Forests of Group 4 – Littoral and Swamp

Forests)

These occur along the coast wherever there is a fair width of sandy beach, including sandbars on the sea-face of

river-deltas. The dominant canopy is formed by scattered small evergreen trees along with a few deciduous trees.

There are many shrubs. Where the undergrowth is light, maritime grasses and surface-creepers are conspicuous,

binding the sand. In depressions where water accumulates, dense salt-tolerant undergrowth usually develops.

Characteristic species of this forest include trees such as Barringtonia asiatica, Borassus flabellifer, Calophyllum

inophyllum, Casuarina equisetifolia, Cerbera odollam, Cordia rothii, Erythrina variegata, Hibiscus tiliaceus, Ixora sp.,

Morinda citrifolia, Phoenix sp., Pongamia pinnata, Terminalia catappa, Thespesia populnea and Vitex negundo.

Shrubs such as Caesalpinia bonduc, Clerodendrum inerme and Pandanus sp. and herbs such as Crotalaria spp.,

Heliotropium spp., Ipomoea pes-caprae, Oryza coarctata and Spinifex squarrosus.

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 Champion, H. G. and Seth, S. K. (1968). A Revised Survey of Forest Types of India, Govt. of India Press, New Delhi, p. 404.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Type 4B/TS1 (Sub-type TS1 – Mangrove scrub of Type B – Tidal Swamp Forests of Group 4 – Littoral and Swamp

Forests)

These occur where there is a maze of tidal creeks, in and out of which the tide flows daily. It is a fairly dense but

low forest, made up of few but gregarious species, all evergreen. Under natural conditions, as soil-deposition

progresses, the mangrove scrub is likely to evolve into first a mangrove forest, then a salt-water mixed forest, and

eventually, a brackish-water mixed forest. Characteristic species in this forest include trees such as Aegiceras

corniculata, Avicennia alba, Avicennia marina, Excoecaria agallocha and Sonneratia apetala; and shrubs such as

Acanthus ilicifolius.

Rivers and Ponds

Details of Rivers and Ponds in the Buffer Zone are given in Table 3-31.

Table 3-31: Details of Rivers and Ponds of Buffer Zone

S. No. Rivers/Pond Distance from Site Boundary Direction

1. Vadadla Pond 1.3 ENE

2. Dahej Pond 3 WSW

3. Jolva Pond 3.6 SSE

4. Vav Pond 3.8 NE

5. Ambetha Pond 4.8 SW

6. Kadodara Pond 4.9 NNE

7. Galenda Pond 5.4 ENE

8. Suva Pond 5.4 SSE

9. Sambethi Pond 5.6 ENE

10. Samatpor Pond 5.8 ENE

11. Rahiyad Pond 5.9 SE

12. Padariya Pond 6.4 NNE

13. Jageshwar Pond 6.9 SW

14. Lakhigam Pond 7.3 WSW

15. Janiadara Pond 7.4 NE

16. Paniadara Pond 8.2 NNE

17. Koliyad Pond 8.3 SE

18. Luvara Pond 8.4 WSW

19. Narnavi Pond 8.6 NE

20. Atali Pond 8.6 ESE

21. Akhod Pond 9.2 ENE

Creeks

Table 3-32: Details of Nearest Creeks in the Buffer Zone

S. No. Features Distance Direction

1 Creek 3.8 S

Mangroves

Nearest patch of mangrove from the project site boundary falls at a distance of 7.3 km towards WNW direction.

Mudflat

Nearest distance of from the project site boundary is 4.8 km. towards South direction.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Methodology

Desktop Literature Review

Secondary information on ecology and biodiversity has been collected from District Forest Department, Bharuch.

Primary data has been verified based on the available secondary information.

Field Data Collection / Inventory

Terrestrial Ecology

Since project site falls in the industrial area and no natural vegetation exists at site, efforts have been made to

enlist existing species. Similarly, the buffer zone is mainly dominated with crop / fallow land while forest area is

entirely invade by an invasive species Prosopis juliflora (monoculture) which does not require quantification. So,

secondary data from various EIA reports have been extracted and verified through ground surveys.

Aquatic Ecology

Samples for Phytoplankton and Zooplankton have been collected in the various water bodies in the study area and

in the preparation of the same is given in Table 3-33.

Threat Assessment Criteria

Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book etc.

Terrestrial Ecosystem

Flora

Core Zone / Project site

Project site has well developed greenbelt reported with 22 common species of flora / plants which includes

Subabul, Nilgiri, Neem, Gulmohar, Karanj, Penta, Badam, Saru, Jambu, Chickoo, Mehendi, Guvava, Jasud, Cycus,

Pam, Saptaparmi etc. Detailed taxonomic account for all life forms is tabulated inTable 1 of Annexure 30.

Photographs showing floral species at Core zone/project site are provided in Photograph 3-8.

Photograph 3-8: Floral species at Core Zone/Project Site

Plantation at the periphery of the site

Plantation within the project site

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Buffer Zone

Buffer zone has been reported with 155 floral species, which includes 53 species of trees (25 families), 30 species

of Shrubs (21 families), 50 species of herbs (27 families), 8 species of grasses (one family) and 14 species of

climbers (6 families). Detailed taxonomic account for all life forms is tabulated in Table 2, Annexure 30.

Fauna

Herpetofauna

Core Zone / Project Site

No herpetofauna reported from the project site.

Buffer Zone

Overall 8 herpetofaunal species which includes Common garden lizard, Common rat snake, Common Indian

Monitor, Yellow-Green House Gecko, Fan-Throated Lizard, Spectacled Cobra, Russell’s Viper, and Common Indian

Krait known by their common names have been reported from the buffer zone. Detailed taxonomic account is

provided in Table 3, Annexure 30.

Avifauna

Core Zone

Only 4 common species of birds which includes Cattle Egret, Common Babbler, House Crow and Red-vented Bulbul

known by their common names were reported from the project site (flying across site). Bird activity was very poor

in adjacent area. Detailed taxonomic account is provided in Table 4, Annexure 30.

Mammals

Core Zone

No direct or indirect evidences of mammals were reported from the site.

Buffer Zone

Total 9 species from six families have been enlisted from buffer zone of the project area which includes Common

Langur, Indian Fox,Jungle cat, Common Mongoose, Indian Hare, Indian field mouse, Black rat, Five striped Palm

squirrel and Nilgai. Detailed taxonomic account is provided in Table 6, Annexure 30.

Agriculture and Horticulture

The Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) are cultivated as major

crops in this area. Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) and Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) are cultivated in few pockets

immediately after monsoon period.

Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Tuver (Cajanus indica), Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and Cotton

(Gossypium herbaceum).

Minor crops: The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum bicolar) and Divel

(Ricinus communis)

Vegetables: The vegetables grown in the study area are, Rigan (Solanum melongena), Tomato (Lycopersicon

lycopersicum) and Val, Valpapadi (Lablab purpureus).

Major horticultural crops: Horticulture activity is very less. Keri (Mangifera indica), Chikoo (Manilkarazapota),

Papaya (Carica papaya) and Banana (Musa Paradisiaca).

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Aquatic Ecosystem

Status of fishery, mangroves and phytoplankton & zooplanktons of the study area buffer zone is described below:

Fishery: Marine and Narmada Estuary

Bombay duck (Harpadon nehereus) constitutes the dominant fishery in the Bharuch region of the total marine

catch. The coastal water also serves as the migratory route for the clupeid Hilsa (Tenualosa ilisha) on their way to

the Narmada River for breeding and the outward route for the newly hatched juveniles and some of the adults. This

makes Hilsa fishery an important activity inside the Gulf and the estuarine region of Narmada.

Water near confluence is heavily silted and turbid. No commercial fishery takes place in river or along the coast due

to strong water currents. Pagadiya type fishing is operational in intertidal zones. Very few fishing boats present

coastal villages which operate only during rainy season when large fishes are available.

Mangrove and Other Coastal Vegetation

Mangrove flora is dominated by Avicennia marina and Rhizophora mucronata. Healthy growth of mangroves has

been reported from the banks of Ban Khadi and Ghugar Khadi. However, no mudflats sustaining dense growth of

mangroves have been reported. Similarly, obligate halophytes like Sueda maritima and Salichornia brachyata are

very common in the coastal area.

Phytoplankton and Zooplankton

Status of phytoplankton and zooplankton in various village water bodies is provided in Table 3-33 and Table

3-34.

Table 3-33: Status of Phytoplankton in Various villages of the Study Area

S. No. Genera Village Names

1 Cladophora Jolwa, Vadala, Ambheta

2 Coelastrum Suwa, Jolwa

3 Desmium Jolwa

4 Gonatozygon Jolwa, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

5 Melosira Suwa, Jolwa

6 Microspora Kadodara, Vadala

7 Nitschia Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

8 Pediastrum Suwa

9 Penium Suwa

10 Phormidium Jolwa, Suwa, Vadala

11 Protococcus Kadodara, Vadala

12 Richterella Jolwa

13 Scenedesmus Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

14 Spirulina Jolwa, Vadala

15 Synedra Suwa, Jolwa

16 Zygnema Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Vadala

Table 3-34: Status of Zooplankton in Various villages of the Study Area


1 Bosmina Suwa

2 Branchionus Suwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Jolwa, Vadala

3 Canthocampus Suwa, Jolwa, Vadala

4 Ceriodaphnia Suwa, Jolwa

5 Cyclops Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT



6 Daphnia Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

7 Diaphanosoma Suwa

8 Diaptomus Jolwa, Suwa, Vadala

9 Eubranchionus Jolwa, Vadala

10 Leptodora Jolwa, Kadodara, Ambheta, Suwa, Vadala

11 Limnocalamus Suwa, Jolwa, Ambheta, Vadala

12 Macrothrix Suwa

13 Monas Suwa

14 Nauplius Suwa, Jolwa, Vadala

15 Polyphemus Suwa

16 Sida Vadala

Status of Threatened and Endemic Biodiversity

Among floral species, Citrulus colocynthis (Cucurbataceae) vernacularly / locally known as Indravarna is enlisted in

the Red Data book (threatened species). For faunal species, threat status as per IWPA-1972 and IUCN has been

given in respective tables. Among herpetofauna, Common Indian monitor is a Schedule-I species as per IWPA-

1972. Reported birds also includes two Schedule-I species i.e. Peacock and Shikra. Among recorded faunal species,

none of the species can be designated as an endemic4.

Conclusion

Proposed project site is located in the GIDC Industrial Estate and does not support any species of conservation

significance and also not forms critical habitat. All flora and fauna species reported are common component of the

buffer zone. So, removal of these common floral species from core zone will not result in the loss of floral diversity

in true sense and will not have significant / permanent impact on the species diversity and habitat structure of

associated faunal diversity. However, buffer zone area encompasses some Schedule-I species, so conservation may

have been prepared for biodiversity improvement of the area. Flora and fauna components will not get affected in

normal function of the project and its associated activities by implementation of proper safety measures and control

devices. Being an industrial area, considering cumulative impacts due to other adjacent industries, strict

implementation of EMP / mitigation measures are required to ensure that the biodiversity of the study area should

not impacted negatively.

3.5.10 Socio-Economics

Methodology

Desktop Review

Gathering secondary data from sources like Census of India 2011.

Field Visit

Primary field visits was done during 23rd to 24th December, 2015 during which a structured household survey

format focusing on population, household composition, education levels, general health status, livelihood

strategies, employment, income level, stakeholder consultation, meeting the Village Sarpanch, focus group

discussions considering the origins and movements of the local population and social concerns/issues in relation

to the proposed project.

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 Venkataraman, K., Chattopadhyay, A. and Subramanian, K.A. (Editors). 2013. Endemic Animals of India (Vertebrates):1–235+26 Plates.

(Published by the Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata)

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


The second visit to verify the collected data was done from 11th to 13th February, 2017. It was found that no

major demographic changes took place within this preceding two years.

Documentation

Preparation of fact sheets based on the field survey.

Secondary Data Collection/ Baseline Status

The proposed project is coming in PCPIR, the focus sector of it being chemical and petrochemical. The leading

companies in the PCPIR are Reliance Industries Limited, OPAL, ONGC, Petronet LNG Limited, and GSPC etc.

Social Profile

Population Distribution

The project study area consists of a section of the population whose land has been acquired for SEZ. Due to

decrease of agricultural activity in recent past people work as daily wage and contractual labours to carve out their

livelihood. Fishermen community exists in the study area villages who live on a daily earn and spent life style.

Table 3-35: Demographic Status of the Study Area

S.

No. District Subdistt Name Distance

No_HH

(2001)

TOT_P

(2001)

No_HH

(2011)

TOT_P

(2011)

1 Bharuch Vagra Vadadla 0-3 Kms 142 606 201 822

Total 142 606 201 822

2 Bharuch Vagra Vav 3-5 Kms 133 676 155 727

3 Bharuch Vagra Jolva 3-5 Kms 171 814 338 1,442

4 Bharuch Vagra Ambheta 3-5 Kms 293 1,330 347 1,552

5 Bharuch Vagra Dahej 3-5 Kms 1,551 6,846 3,426 13,495

6 Bharuch Vagra Kadodara 3-5 Kms 353 1,811 420 1,995

Total 2,501 11,477 4,686 19,211

7 Bharuch Vagra Padariya 5-7 kms 131 569 131 647

8 Bharuch Vagra Sambheti 5-7 kms 67 391 82 416

9 Bharuch Vagra Samatpor 5-7 kms 69 332 79 367

10 Bharuch Vagra Galenda 5-7 kms 95 513 120 611

11 Bharuch Vagra Rahiad 5-7 kms 269 1,315 355 1,694

12 Bharuch Vagra Suva 5-7 kms 325 1,664 413 1,920

Total 956 4,784 1,180 5,655

13 Bharuch Vagra Paniadara 7-10 Kms 460 2,330 514 2,563

14 Bharuch Vagra Narnavi 7-10 Kms 131 596 151 692

15 Bharuch Vagra Janiadara 7-10 Kms 129 621 150 729

16 Bharuch Vagra Akhod 7-10 Kms 133 669 174 831

17 Bharuch Vagra Atali 7-10 Kms 215 1145 239 1,150

18 Bharuch Vagra Koliad 7-10 Kms 120 535 152 676

19 Bharuch Vagra Jageshwar 7-10 Kms 346 1,465 383 1,571

20 Bharuch Vagra Luvara 7-10 Kms 276 1,393 385 1,663

21 Bharuch Vagra Lakhigam 7-10 Kms 640 3,357 1,217 4,938

Total 2,450 12,111 3,365 14,813

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


S.

No. District Subdistt Name Distance

No_HH

(2001)

TOT_P

(2001)

No_HH

(2011)

TOT_P

(2011)

Grand Total 6,049 28,978 9,432 40,501

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001 and 2011

From Table 3-35 it can be inferred that the households number and population have increased respectively by

approximately 60% and 40% in the last decade. The household size has decreased by approximately 20% in the

last ten years.

Sex Ratio

The Sex Ratio of the study area is given in Table 3-36.

Table 3-36: Sex Ratio of the Study Area

Distance 2001 2011 Sex Ratio

Male Female Male Female 2001 2011

0-3 Kms 305 301 419 403 987 962

3-5 Kms 6,175 5,302 11,355 7,856 859 692

5-7 Kms 2,452 2,332 2,897 2,758 951 952

7-10 Kms 6,612 5,499 8,273 6,540 832 791

Total 15,544 13,434 22,944 17,557 864 765


The above table reveals that the sex ratio has got reduced to 765 in 2011 from 864 in 2001. Dahej and Lakhigam

villages accounts for such a decrease that lies in the region 3-5 and 7-10 kms kilometers aerial distance from the

project site respectively. The sex ratio of this particular region (3-5 Kms) got reduced by approximately 19% and

that of Dahej village by 25% and the sex ratio of study area lying within 7-10 kms where Lakhigam village is

situated there the decrease in the sex ratio is by 5% approximately and that of the Lakhigam village is by 22%

approximately.

Age Stratification

The Age wise stratification is given in Table 3-37.

Table 3-37: Stratification (Age Wise) of Vadadala Village

Age Group Percentage

0-6 Years 8.0

7-14 Years 16.1

15-35 Years 46.0

36-60 Years 22.7

60+ Years 7.2

Total 100

Source: Primary Household Survey- 2015

The above table shows that the maximum population of Vadadala village lies within the age group of 15-35 years

which can be considered as the active work force. This population may be focused for providing skill training

programs in order to equip them to get jobs. The age group of 0-14 years which can be considered as the students

which may be focused for providing primary school education, stationaries and uniforms. The age group of 60+

years can be considered as the senior citizens or aged people which may be focused for providing Health centers

and health camps facilities.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Vulnerable Groups

SC/ST population in the study area has been shown in Table 3-38.

Table 3-38: Details of SC/ST Population in the Study Area

Distance 2001 2011

% Scheduled Caste % Scheduled Tribe % Scheduled Caste % Scheduled Tribe

0-3 Kms 9.9 52.8 9.2 41.5

3-5 Kms 5.4 21.1 4.8 16.8

5-7 Kms 3.7 14 3.6 13.5

7-10 Kms 8.9 18.1 3.9 26.2

Overall 6.7 19.4 4.4 20.3

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001 & 2011

This group of people can be focused for skilled labour program and various skill development programs can be

provided to them.

Educational Facility

The statistics regarding the educational facilities within the study area is given in Table 3-39.

Table 3-39: Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Distance

Government Private

Primary

School

Middle

School HSC SSC College

Primary

School

Middle

School HSC SSC College

0-3 Kms 3 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

3-5 Kms 5 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5-7 Kms 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7- 10 Kms 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 23 0 4 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

From the above table it can be inferred that the Primary School facility is present in all the villages of the study

area. In the core area there is 1 Primary School, no Secondary School and higher educational facilities available.

The highest educational facility available is till Secondary School that are 4. For further higher education people go

to Bharuch and nearby cities of Gujarat.

A important parameter to focused to be done on providing facilities of primary school, stationary, computer skills,

sports activities, Scholarships and upgrading of existing schools.

Literacy Rate

An important parameter to evaluate the situation of the society is literacy rate. It has been shown in Table 3-40.

Table 3-40: Literacy rate within the study area

Distance % Literacy rate in Year 2001 % Literacy rate in Year 2011

0-3 Kms 64.95 73.84

3-5 Kms 59.67 74.02

5-7 Kms 63.31 79.23

7-10 Kms 59.19 69.46

Overall 61.9 74.35


M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


The literacy rate of the study area in 2001 and 2011 is approximately 56 and 74 percent respectively. The males

have higher literacy rate than the females. In the core zone the literacy rate has increased from 47.5 percent in

2001 to 73.2 percent in 2011. The female literacy rate has improved in 2011 in comparison to 2001 Census data in

all the villages of the study region.

Primary Data Collection for the Literacy level of Vadadla village

The Literacy level of Vadadla village is given in Table 3-41.

Table 3-41: Literacy level of Vadadla Village

S. No. Literacy Status Percentage

1 Illiterate 29.5

2 Anganwadi/Balwadi 3.8

3 Standard 1-6 29.5

4 Standard 7-9 25.2

5 SSC 10.0

6 HSC 1.0

7 ITI/Diploma 1.0

8 Graduate 0.0

9 Post Graduate 0.0

Total 100

Source: Primary Household Survey-2015

According to the sample size study it depicts that there are 70.5% of the literates and 29.5% of the illiterates in the

core zone village. The illiterates are those who are unable to read and write.

Table 3-41 reflects 3.8% of the students in the Anganwadi/Balwadi, 29.5% in who have studied between 1-6th

standard and 25.2% between 7-9th standard. The SSC qualified accounts to be 10% whereas the SSC passed are

1%. For attaining higher studies students travel to Bharuch and nearby cities.

Around 20.4% of the total population are students who are presently pursuing their studies in schools, colleges and

technical institutes.

Health Facilities

Health Facilities in the study area is given in Table 3-42.

Table 3-42: Health Facilities in the Study Area

Distance Primary Health

Centre

Primary Health

Sub Centre

Veterinary

Hospital

Mobile

HC

Family Welfare

Centre

Private Medical

facility

0-3 Kms 1 1 1 0 0 7

3-5 Kms 0 1 0 0 0 3

5-7 Kms 0 1 0 0 0 2

7- 10 Kms 0 1 0 0 0 1

Total 1 4 1 0 0 13

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

From Table 3-42, it can be inferred that the medical facilities are limited in the study area villages. Apart from

Dahej most of the villages are devoid of the health facilities. Primary Health Centre is present only in the Dahej

village.

Due to the absence of government medical facilities the people are left with the only option to go to Bharuch for

their treatment. Dahej and Lakhigam villages are having private medical facilities but due to high fees people prefer

to go to the city itself.

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Drinking Water Facilities

Details of drinking water facilities is given in Table 3-43.

Table 3-43: Drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Distance Tap Water

Untreated

Covered

Well

Uncovered

Well

Hand

Pump

Tube

Wells

River/

Canal

Tank/ Pond/

Lake Others

0-3 Kms × × × ×

3-5 Kms

5-7 Kms

7-10 Kms


Well and tank facilities are sufficiently present in the study area villages but the water requirement of the village is

not adequately supported because of it being saline unsuitable for the drinking purpose. Tube well facility is present

only at the Padariya village that lies within 3-5 kilometers zone from the project site.

Due to the absence of tube well facility the cultivators totally depend on rain water for the agricultural purpose. In

the study area villages main source of drinking water is supply through pipe line and water tanker provided by

GIDC.

Housing Condition and Sanitation Facility

Housing Condition

The housing condition of the surveyed households is given in Table 3-44.

Table 3-44: Housing Condition in the Surveyed Village

Type of Housing Number of Household

Pucca 18

Semi Pucca 7

Kutcha 15

Shanty 1

Total 41


Table 3-44 shows that out of the 41 household survey done 18 were having Pucca houses, 7 Semi Pucca, 45

Kutcha whereas 1 house was shanty.

The houses that were pucca were mostly those who had primary and secondary sources of income and had some

land being acquired by the SEZ.

Photograph provided in Photograph 3-9.

Sanitary Toilet Facility

The type of toilet facility present in the surveyed village is given in Table 3-45.

Table 3-45: Toilet Facility in the Surveyed Village

Type of Toilet Facility Total No.

In house Toilet Facility 16

Open Defecation 25


Table 3-45 reveals that open defecation is practiced in Vadadala village. The people having pucca houses

generally had the toilets built in their house. The people who were living in Indira Awas or in kutcha houses were

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


generally not having the toilet facility available at their homes. The vulnerable groups had got their toilet build

under the Government Scheme/private but they were not in working condition so they were left with no other

option but to defecate in open. Photograph provided in Photograph 3-9.

Photograph 3-9: Housing Condition and Sanitary Toilet Facility

Kutcha Houses at Kadodara Toilet made under Government Scheme

Economic Profile

Agriculture

Agriculture is totally depended on monsoons in the study area. The major crops grown are Wheat, Cotton, Pulses

and Bajri. Agriculture provides employment in the form of daily wage labour during the harvesting season. People

who have less or no land do labour in others field on daily wage basis. The average wage for the male is Rs. 300

per day and for the female is Rs. 250 per day.

Industries/Factories

PCPIR located at Dahej, is spread over the blocks of Vagra and Bharuch, South Gujarat. This region has been

specifically delineated Investment Region planned for the establishment of production facilities for petroleum,

chemicals and petrochemicals. Vagra Taluka is the place where the proposed project is coming. The major company

that are there in GIDC Dahej Phase II are tabulated in Table 3-8.

Employment Status

The occupational status has been shown in Table 3-46.

Table 3-46: Occupational status of the Study Area

Distance

% Occupational Status (2001) % Occupational Status (2011)

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

r

Ho

use

ho

ld

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Ma

rgin

al

Wo

rke

rs

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

r

Ho

use

ho

ld

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Ma

rgin

al

Wo

rke

rs

0-3 Kms 9.34 22.11 0.34 61.65 6.57 2.55 1.64 0.25 82.45 13.11

3-5 Kms 23.41 17.37 0.50 19.25 41.24 16.30 7.36 2.28 41.87 32.19

5-7 Kms 15.50 10.20 0.19 58.82 16.10 10.46 5.43 0.57 73.26 9.24

7-10 Kms 27.04 11.34 0.67 33.47 27.48 15.25 14.69 0.40 32.41 37.24

Total 18.99 14.74 0.42 43.96 22.49 9.85 6.61 0.71 61.55 21.01

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001 & 2011

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-46 reveals that the cultivators and agricultural labours have decreased in the study area in the last

decade. . The percentage of the agriculture labour has decreased in 2011 to 6.6% from 14.7% in 2001 in the study

area. The bulk of the population belongs to the others category both in 2001 and 2011. The reason behind is that

the study area is situated in the SEZ/GIDC Estate that has many industries.

The type of livelihood is given in Table 3-47.

Table 3-47: Type of Livelihood Activity in the Core Impact area (0 – 3 Kms)

S. No. Type of Livelihood Frequency Percentage

1 Agriculture 2 2.7

2 Daily Wage Labors 32 43.8

3 Pvt. Company Contractual Labour 14 19.2

4 Government Job 1 1.4

5 Electrician 2 2.7

6 Fishermen 6 8.2

7 Pension Holder 1 1.4

8 Mason 3 4.1

9 Driving 5 6.8

10 Business 5 6.8

11 Livestock 2 2.7

Total 73 100


From the above table it can be inferred that the bulk of the population falls in the daily wage earner category

working in as agricultural labour or in the private companies as the contractual labour.

In the primary household social survey it was found that there is presence of the electrician, driver, mason and

fishermen in Vadadala village. 6.8% of the population were having stationary, grocery, tea stalls etc.

About 2.7% of the population were earning from the livestock. Even though livestock was owned by many in the

village but it was for self use and no monetary was gain from it. Photograph provided in Photograph 3-10.

Photograph 3-10: Type of Livelihood Activity

Animal Husbandry Agricultural Field at the Study area

Means of Transportation

The transportation facilities with in the study area are shown in Table 3-48.

Table 3-48: Number of villages having Transportation Facilities

M/S. MEGHMANI



ENVIRONMENT


Distance

Pu

bli

c B

us

Se

rvic

e

Ra

ilw

ay S

tati

on

Au

to/M

od

ifie

d

Au

tos

Ta

xi

Va

ns

Tra

cto

rs

Ca

rts D

rive

n b

y

An

ima

ls

0-3 Kms ×

3-5 Kms × × ×

5-7 Kms × ×

7-10 Kms × ×


Table 3-48 shows that all the villages are having the government bus facility whereas the railway facility is present

in only core zone. Bharuch and Dahej are the nearest railway station present for the study area villages.

Availability of Power Supply

The Government of Gujarat supplies power to all the households in the study area villages.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT

4. ANTICIPATED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

In this chapter, we:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment;

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities;

Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance;

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation

measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation;

In case impact are low or moderate and can be suitably managed by SOP’s / OCP’s, to minimize / control the

consequences, no specific management plans are prescribed;

• If consequences are high / indicating significant impact, implementation of mitigation measures requires

specific management plan, these are prescribed.

4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT

Details of investigated environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project

construction, regular operations and final decommissioning are discussed in this section.

Key Definitions, identification of impacts, methodology of component wise risk assessment is described in

Annexure 31. This methodology is used in this chapter for preparing impacts and their listing evaluation.

Mitigation measures are formulated based on the significance of the impact.

A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an Environmental Monitoring

Program and Environmental Management Plan, presented in Chapter 6 & Chapter 10 respectively.

Impact on environment have been identified, based on an assessment of various environmental aspects associated

with the project activities and has been summarized in Table 4-1.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-1: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project

S

No. Project Activity Identified Aspect

N /

AN

/ E

Potential Impacts

Air Water Land Ecology & Biodiversity Resource

Depletion Social

AP /

AQ NV SW GW

Effluent /

Sewage

LU /

LC Soil HW ISW MSW TER. AQUA. RD Infrastructure Economic

OH /

(H&S)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20

1 Project Location

1.1 Site selection Increase in traffic on state highways and internal

roads in study area N • • (+ve) •

2 Project Design

2.1

Design & selection of

technology, equipment / site

layouts, etc.

Non-compliance of Environmental standards due

to failure in designs of the following:

1) Air Pollution Control Equipment

AN

• •

2) Boilers / Compressors / Other utilities • •

3) Settling tank & Hazardous waste storage area • • • • • • •

4) Fuel, Limestone, Fly ash Storage facilities • •

5) High Energy Consuming devices •

3 Project Construction

3.1

Excavation and paving of site,

Movement of JCBs, other

machinery, workers / labors

etc.

Generation of Debris N •

Noise Generation N •

Site specific disturbance to faunal species N •

Dust Generation N • •

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls AN •

3.2

Heavy fabrication work for

erecting major plant

equipment including operation

of equipment like crane,

concrete mixtures, vibrators

etc.

Generation of Scraps N • •

Emission of Heat Radiation N • •

Noise Generation N • •

Breaking of pulley, chains of cranes during lifting

of equipment AN •

3.3 Influx of Construction Workers

Employment generation for construction workers N • (+ve)

Domestic wastewater generation N •

Sewage Sludge generation N •

3.4

Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and

equipment

Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N • •


4 Power Plant Operation

4.1 Procurement of Coal &

Limestone

Generation of dust due to truck movement N • • •

Spillage of Material on road AN •

Establishment of ancillary activity N • (+ve) • (+ve)

4.2 Coal & Limestone storage and

stock pilling

Generation of dust N • • • •

Emission of PM, SO2 from burning of Coal in case

of Fire. E • • •

Wastewater Generation (From excess water

hydrant during fire) E •

4.3 Handling and Crushing of Coal

& Limestone Generation of dust N • • •



S


N /

AN

/ E

Potential Impacts

Air Water Land Ecology & Biodiversity Resource

Depletion Social

AP /

AQ NV SW GW

Effluent /

Sewage

LU /

LC Soil HW ISW MSW TER. AQUA. RD Infrastructure Economic

OH /

(H&S)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20

4.4 Operation of DM Plant Wastewater Generation (Acidic / Alkaline waste

water including resins) N •

4.5 Operations of Boilers &

Turbines

Emission of PM, SO2, NOx N • • • •

Wastewater Generation (Boiler blow down) N •


Generation of Bottom and Fly Ash N •

4.6 Handling of Fly Ash

Generation of dust N • • •

Wastewater Generation (excess water sprinkling

in Ash pond) AN •

5 General & Utilities

5.1


transportation of raw

materials, Industrial Waste.

SPM generation and emission of HC & CO. N • • • (+ve) •

Noise Generation N •

5.2

Handling of Material, and

operation of heavy machineries

like dumpers, trucks, etc.

Generation of Dust N • •

5.3

Operation of other utilities like

Cooling Tower, Compressor,

Pumps, Blowers etc. & Floor

Washing.

Wastewater generation (Cooling tower blow

down, shaft leaks, washings etc.) N • • • (+ve)

Leakages in HSD tank AN •

Noise Generation AN •

Generation of Used/spent oil, waste/residue

containing oil, contaminated hand gloves,

discarded containers / barrels / bags

N • •

Acidic and alkaline waste water N

5.4 Operation of ETP (settling

tank)

Spillage of effluent AN •

Overflow of excess effluent generated due to

abnormal operation/ breakdown of settling tank. AN •

5.5 Operation of STP Overflow of domestic waste water (due to

abnormal operation/ breakdown of STP) AN •

5.6 Equipment maintenance Generation of scraps, used spares, cotton waste,

hand gloves etc. N •

5.7 Analysis in laboratory

Waste water generation N •

Generation of Broken Glassware AN • •

Injury due to splash of acid/alkali on chemist AN •

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental

aspects associated with the project, which include emissions:

During Project Design Stage;

During Project Construction;

During Project Operation;

During General Operation phase of Utilities.

For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point and area

sources. Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point sources have been identified and

these include stacks attached to various units.

The impact assessment methodology is given in Annexure 31.

Potential impacts on Air Environment /Nearby Ambient Air Quality are tabulated in Table 4-2.



Table 4-2: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment

S No. Project Activity Identified Aspect

N /

AN

/ E

Legal

Impact Scoring Significance /

Consequence Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures

EMP

Required Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design

1.1 Design & selection of technology,

equipment / site layouts, etc.

Non-compliance of Environmental standards due to

failure in designs of Air Pollution Control Equipment AN No 5 1 5 Less Severe

Approved and standard designs of air pollution control equipment & other

equipment like Boiler, Turbine, ESP etc. will be procured from Authorized vendors

to meet environmental standards.

No


2.1


Movement of JCBs, other

machinery, workers / labors etc.

Dust Generation N No 1 5 5 Less Severe Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried out as and

when required. No

2.2

Heavy fabrication work for erecting

major plant equipment including

operation of equipment like crane,

concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.

Emission of Heat Radiation N No 1 5 5 Less Severe Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. No

2.3


transportation of materials and

equipment

Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe PUC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic management will be ensured. No


3.1 Procurement of Coal & Limestone Generation of dust due to truck movement N No 1 5 5 Less Severe Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried out as and

when required. No

3.2 Coal & Limestone storage and

stock pilling

Generation of dust N No 1 5 5 Less Severe Barricading will be done wherever required. Water sprinkling is carried out as and

when required. No

Emission of PM, SO2 from burning of Coal in case of

Fire. E No 2 1 2 Less Severe

Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed. Fire fighting & emergency

response team will be at place. Preventive maintenance schedule in place. No

3.3 Handling and Crushing of Coal &

Limestone Generation of dust N No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe

OCPs will be followed. Water sprinkling will be done. Dust extraction system will

be provided at crusher house No

3.4 Operations of Boilers & Turbines Emission of PM, SO2, NOx N Yes -- -- -- Significant

ESP will be provided. Limestone dosing will be done to control SO2 emissions.

Stack height of 65 m will be provided for proper dispersion. Online meter for PM,

SO2 & NOx will be provided.

Yes

3.5 Handling of Fly Ash Generation of dust N No 3 5 15 Highly Severe

Ash Handling and Management plan will be prepared and followed. Dust collection

system will be installed at transfer tower, crusher house, top of silo & bunker

tower.

Yes


4.1


transportation of raw materials,

Industrial Waste.

SPM generation and emission of HC & CO. N No 3 5 15 Highly Severe Water sprinkling will be done. PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic

management will be ensured. Yes

4.2

Handling of Material, and operation

of heavy machineries like dumpers,

trucks, etc.

Generation of Dust N No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe Regular clean-up activities shall be done. No

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2.1 Emission Rates & Predicted GLCs

Point Source Emissions

As per the discussions with MFL officials, following relevant data were collected to calculate emission rates of relevant

pollutants from point source due to proposed activities during operation phase:

Quantity of fuel;

Fuel analysis;

Stack details: Internal diameter at top, height*, exit gas velocity, temperature.

* Stack Height is calculated based on the sulphur content in Coal (Indian/Lignite/Imported), considering worst case, i.e.

when all APCM fails.

Assumptions for calculating emission estimates for point source are as following:

Emission rates from the new stack (67 MW unit) of relevant parameters as provided in Emission standards for TPP

units to be installed from 1st January, 2017 are considered.

By having Sulphur reduction efficiency of >95.77% (Lime dosing in CFBC boilers) & ESP Efficiency of

>99.89%, the prescribed norms will be met.

In actual, the emissions will be lesser than it is calculated for and it is unlikely to cause significant increase in GLCs.

Online monitoring system will be provided at stack exhaust, which, if exceeds the limit of 30 mg/Nm3, will trigger

the alarm and plant load will be lowered/ESP field will be switched/ Plant will be shut down. Online monitoring

system will be connected with CPCB & GPCB servers also. Operation of power plant in such case is not practical.

However, air quality modeling was carried out considering the partial (50% efficiency) and complete failure of the

ESP. Details are provided in Annexure 34.

Details of proposed stacks & APCM are given in Table 2-13. Assumptions of Sulphur & Ash Content in the Fuel is

tabulated in Table 4-3. Emissions rates (As per fuel analysis & As per Norms) from proposed flue gas stacks are shown

in Table 4-4 & Table 4-5.

Table 4-3: Assumptions of Sulphur & Ash Content in the Fuel (Worst Case)

S. No. Fuel Type Sulphur Content, % Ash Content, % Source

1 Imported Coal 0.5 12.0 Coal Analysis report, Annexure 21.

Area Source Emission

From the proposed project, area source emitting SPM is identified as open storage of coal. Emissions rates from coal

stock piles is calculated and shown in Table 4-6.

Line Source Emissions

Additional vehicular movement of approximately 125 trucks per day is envisaged on road connecting Site to Bharuch (in

S Direction) which involves vehicular air emissions, majorly CO & HC’s.

This road is a six lane, “pakka” road having 18 m width. Hence, line source emissions are not considered for the

modelling purpose.



Table 4-4: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks (As per Fuel Analysis)

Stack

No.

Stack Attached

to

Required

Stack

Ht., m

Stack

Ht., m

Stack

Dia.

(Top),

m

Stack

Exit

Velocity,

m/s

Stack

Exit

Temp, oK

Stack

Exhaust,

Nm3/s

Fuel

Consumption

(TPH)

Sulphur

Content

in Fuel,

%

Sulphur

Emitted,

kg/hr

SO2

Emitted,

kg/hr

SO2

Emitted,

gm/sec

APCM SO2

Reduction

Efficiency

SO2

Emitted

After

APCM,

gm/sec

Ash

Content

in Fuel,

%

PM10

Emitted,

kg/hr

PM10

Emitted,

gm/sec

APCM PM

Reduction

Efficiency

PM

Emitted

After

APCM,

gm/sec

NOx

Emitted,

mg/Nm3

NOx

Emitted

After

APCM

gm/sec

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22

1 Boiler 1 & 2 64.1 65 3.2 12.5 443 67.6 57.50 0.5 287.5 575 160 95.8% 6.76 12.0 6900 1917 99.9% 2.03 100 6.76

Table 4-5: Emission Estimate from Flue Gas Stacks (As per the Norms)

Stack


Required

Stack Ht.,

m

Stack Ht.,

m

Stack Dia.

(Top), m

Stack Exit

Velocity,

m/s

Stack Exit

Temp, oK

Stack

Exhaust,

m3/s

Stack

Exhaust,

Nm3/s

Fuel

Consumption

(TPH)

SO2

Emission,

mg/Nm3

SO2

Emitted,

kg/hr

SO2 Emitted

After APCM,

gm/sec

PM

Emission,

mg/Nm3

PM10 Emitted

After APCM,

gm/sec

NOx

Emitted,

mg/Nm3

NOx Emitted

After APCM,

gm/sec

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17

As per MOEF's New Emission standards for power plant dated 07.12.2015.

1 Boiler 1 & 2 36.5 65 3.2 12.5 443 100.5 67.6 57.50 100 24.3 6.76 30 2.03 100 6.76

Table 4-6: Emission Estimate from Volume Source (Coal Storage Yard)

S. No. Storage

Yard type

Maximum Working Pit

Dimensions, m Area

(m2)

Volume

(m3)

Stowage

factor

Max.

Quantity

Stored,

MT

Density of

Coal,

Kg/m3

Max.

Quantity

Handled,

TPD

Air Pollution

Generating Activity

(as per USEPA

Terminology)

Emission Factor as Per

USEPA Fire Model

Coal

Handled,

Ton/Hr

Emission

Factor

PM

Emission,

lb/Hr

PM

Emission,

gm/sec

PM

Emission,

gm/m2/sec Length Width Height

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18

1 Coal Storage 135.0 65.0 3.0 8,775 26,325 1.4 18,804 800.00 1,380 Handling 3.000 E-3 Lb per Tons Material

Throughput 57.50 0.003 0.173 0.022 2.4769E-06

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Dispersion Modeling

Emissions from all the stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion

modeling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United States

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.

About AERMOD

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source releases and

meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modeling periods (typically one hour or

less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain

within the same modeling framework.

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee

(AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modeling concepts into the EPA's air quality models. Through

AERMIC, a modeling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air dispersion based on planetary boundary

layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment of both surface and elevated sources, and both

simple and complex terrain.

AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modeling system. It

incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts. Data flow in

Aermod modeling system is shown in Figure 4-1.

Figure 4-1: Data Flow in AERMOD Modeling System

Meteorological Parameters

The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature, cloud

cover, humidity & rainfall.

Other Assumptions

The dispersion modelling assumptions considered are as follows:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.

Since, no AAQ norms of SPM is available, it is assumed the entire PM emitted from flue gas stack is PM10.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Results

Air dispersion modeling results with predicted GLC (Isopleths) from proposed activity of all parameters are provided in

Annexure 33 . Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, SO2 & NOx are tabulated in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks

S

No. Parameters

Number of

Sources

Maximum GLC

Concentration, µg/m3 Distance, m Direction

1 PM10 2 0.51 750 SW

2 SO2 1 1.71 750 SW

3 NOx 1 1.71 750 SW

The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the sum of average baseline monitored value of a

parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring location. It indicates maximum GLC’s due to the proposed

activities / emissions as tabulated in Table 4-8.

Table 4-8: Incremental GLC from Proposed Project

S

No.

Name of Village

(Distance in

km/Direction)

Pollutant CPCB Limit

Concentration

Baseline

Concentration

(Avg)

Incremental

GLC

Total Predictive

GLC due to

proposed project

1 At Project Site ( 0.0

/ --)

PM10 100 82 0.51 82.51

SO2 80 9.8 1.71 11.51

NOx 80 17.3 1.71 19.01

2

At GLC Area (Nr.

GACL – Plot 3) (1.1

/ SW)

PM10 100 74 0.26 74.26

SO2 80 9.5 0.60 10.1

NOx 80 18.0 0.60 18.6

3 At Vadadla Village

(1.4 / NE)

PM10 100 86 0.21 86.21

SO2 80 8.3 0.71 9.01

NOx 80 17.1 0.71 17.81

4 At Vadadla Crossing

(2.19 / SE)

PM10 100 96 0.18 96.18

SO2 80 10 0.76 10.76

NOx 80 24.5 0.60 25.1

5 Nr. Salt Pans (3.20 /

NW)

PM10 100 57 0.21 57.21

SO2 80 8.2 0.70 8.9

NOx 80 16.5 0.70 17.2

6 Nr. Forest Area (8.0

/ WSW)

PM10 100 63 0.08 63.08

SO2 80 8.2 0.27 8.47

NOx 80 17.2 0.27 17.47

7 At Vav (4.13 / NE)

PM10 100 68 0.07 68.07

SO2 80 8.8 0.25 9.05

NOx 80 19.4 0.25 19.65

8 At Jolva (3.75 / E)

PM10 100 61 0.03 61.03

SO2 80 8.9 0.17 9.07

NOx 80 18.6 0.11 18.71

All Values in µg/m3

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Conclusion

Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the CPCB limits, it can be concluded the

following:

Maximum Incremental GLC’s for all parameters remain within 750 m from the project site;

Due to the proposed project, GLC’s will remain within the prescribed limit;

Air impacts are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the project

site.

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

Adequate height of at least 65 m will be provided as per the statutory requirements;

Well-designed ESP having atleast 99.9 % efficiency will be provided to control PM emissions;

Limestone dosing in CFBC Boilers will be done to achieve sulphur reduction efficiency of atleast 95.8%;

Since the proposed technology is of CFBC, temperature will be controlled to prevent NOX generation.

Online sensors for SPM, SO2 & NOx shall be provided with flue gas stacks which will be attached to CPCB & GPCB

servers;

Regular Work place monitoring will be done;

CAAQMS will be placed near admin building;

Adequate Bag filters will be installed in ash handling unit & coal yard;

Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if

required);

Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;

Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use will be ensured.

4.2.2 Incremental Traffic

From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis, approximately, 100 trucks per day carrying coal, limestone, fly

ash, etc. shall be using the state highway (SH-6) connecting Bharuch and Dahej.

Summary of traffic survey (peak hourly) are given in Table 4-9 and Table 4-10. Summary of traffic survey (peak

hourly) are given in Peak hours are considered from 08:00 – 12:00 Noon and 16:00 – 20:00 Hours. Detailed traffic

Survey sheets are attached in Annexure 35.


BHARUCH, GUJARAT 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-9: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Bharuch to Dahej

Type of Vehicle From Bharuch to

Dahej

% of Total

Stream

Equivalent PCU

Factor5 Converted PCUs

Additional Vehicles

per day

Additional PCUs per

Hr.

Total PCUs

After Proposed Project

Two wheeler 106 27% 0.75 79 0 0 79

Three wheeler 26 7% 1.2 31 0 0 31

Car/Jeeps 101 26% 1 101 0 0 101

Truck/Buses/Tractors 143 37% 2.2 314 100 22 336

Non Motorable vehicles 12 3% 0.4 5 0 0 5

Total 388 100 531 100 22 553

Table 4-10: Incremental Hourly Average Traffic on Dahej to Bharuch

Type of Vehicle From Dahej to

Bharuch

% of Total

Stream

Equivalent PCU

Factor Converted PCUs

Additional Vehicles

per day

Additional PCUs per

Hr.

Total PCUs

After Proposed Project

Two wheeler 112 29% 0.75 84 0 0 84

Three wheeler 29 8% 1.2 35 0 0 35

Car/Jeeps 100 26% 1 100 0 0 100

Truck/Buses/Tractors 158 41% 2.2 347 100 22 369

Non Motorable vehicles 10 3% 0.4 4 0 0 4

Total 409 100 570 100 22 592

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 As per The Indian Road Congress - Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:106-1990), Table-2, Recommended Design Service Volumes, page – 10.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Based on the traffic survey conducted on SH-6, it is noted:

Average peak hourly traffic on this route is 531 and 570 PCU respectively;

From the proposed project, additional 22 PCU’s will be required;

As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road is 3,600 PCU;

Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 553 (Bharuch to Dahej) and 592 (Dahej to Bharuch).

Thus, the road is capable of carrying the excess traffic due to the proposed project.

Impacts due to Road Transportation

Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic;

Generation of dust from trucks;

Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, CO2;

Noise generation from vehicular movement;

Spillage or leak of raw materials during transportation.

Mitigation Measures

Trucks with be covered with HDPE before traveling on public roads;

No overloading is done shall be ensured;

Vehicle manifest shall be maintained;

PUC Certified vehicles will be used;

Traffic management will be ensured as mentioned in Chapter 6, Section 6.1, Table 6-2.

Traffic Risk Assessment & safety during transportation details are provided in Chapter 7, Section 7.2.5.

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as such, that exhaust

emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The proposed project related activities will lead to generation of noise that may have minor impact on the surrounding

communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the

following:

Noise from Machinery/Equipment

For site preparation, during construction phase operation of equipment like crane, dumper, roller, bulldozers etc. will be

used. The equipment will be used during daytime and will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will not be

any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.

Noise from Vehicle /Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise emission as the

frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week.

Noise from Equipment etc.

Noise generated from Turbine, Cooling Tower, Pumps, FD-ID Fans & Compressor will have a permanent effect, if they

will work for more hours in a day continuously.

Based on the identified project activities impact on noise environment is accessed. The methodology for the Impact

Assessment is provided in Annexure 31. Scoring of the same is done. Mitigation measures based on these scores are

tabulated in Table 4-11.

Vibration from Equipment / Piping etc.

Source of major vibrations due to the proposed power plant project are as follows:

Turbine;

HP Steam pipes;

Compressors;

ID fans;

Other machines having bearings & gearboxs.

These will be reduced by providing proper dampening space & pipes will be insulations with required MOC.



Table 4-11: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment

S


N /

AN

/ E

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP

Required Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design



Non-compliance of Environmental standards due to faulty design of Boilers / Compressors / Other

utilities AN No 5 1 5 Less Severe Process equipment meeting environmental noise standards shall be procured. No


2.1

Heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant equipment including

operation of equipment like crane, concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.

Noise Generation N No 1 5 5 Less Severe Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. Proper PPE like Ear

Plugs & ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be ensured. No

2.2 Vehicular movement for

transportation of materials and equipment

Noise Generation N No 2 5 10 Moderate

Severe PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. No


3.1 Operations of Boilers & Turbines Noise Generation N Yes -- -- -- Significant

Provision of Silencer in main stream line safety valve, and before turbine for steam

venting during startup of turbine. PPE like Ear Plugs & ear muffs will be provided and

its use shall be ensured. No operators shall be allowed to do two continuous shifts.

Yes


4.1 Vehicular movement for

transportation of raw materials, Industrial Waste.

Noise Generation N No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe

PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. No

4.2 Operation of other utilities like

Cooling Tower, Compressor, Pumps, Blowers etc. & Floor Washing.

Noise Generation N No 3 5 15 Highly Severe SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup. Acoustic enclosures will be built-

in with equipment by technology provider. PPEs like Ear Plugs & ear muffs will be provided and its use shall be ensured.

Yes

Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the project are:

1. Impact due to vehicle movements during site preparation, construction facility, during Operation phase

2. During operation of Turbine, DG set, cooling tower, Pumps, FD-ID Fans & Compressor.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Assessment of Noise using SoundPLAN

Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map generated

due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points due to the

sources present at the project site.

To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project

site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure

Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“Sound Plan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that

particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by CPCB

for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show Green

color for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in Red color depending

upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is mentioned in the

table if any conflict is predicted.

Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are considered

slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are given in Table 4-12.

Table 4-12: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

S.

No. Sources

Levels dB(A)

Day Night

1 Turbine 100 100

2 Pumps 85 85

3 FD-ID Fan 85 85

4 Cooling Tower 85 85

5 Compressor 100 100

Using above consideration the Isopleth generated during daytime and nighttime shown in Figure 4-2 and Figure 4-3.


DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Figure 4-2: Isopleth of Day Time


DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Figure 4-3: Isopleth of Night Time

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Observations

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB

during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more

critical analysis.

Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, near boundary wall of the project site being present,

increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.

From Figure 4-2 and Figure 4-3, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 60 dB (A) -

70 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-13.

Table 4-13: Noise level at receptor locations

S.

No. Receiver Name Category

CPCB Limits

in dB (A)

Baseline

Average Noise

levels in dB

(A)

SPL predicted

at Receiver by

Proposed

Activities (dB)

Predicted

Cumulative

incremental

increase in

Noise level dB

(A)

Incremental

increase in

Noise level dB

(A)

Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night

1 Nr. Security gate Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.2 55.9 51.6 44.4 65.4 56.2 0.2 0.3

2 At project site

(NW) Industrial 75.0 70.0 64.7 56.0 43.3 42.3 64.7 56.2 0.0 0.2

3 Nr. Cooling

Tower Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 64.5 46.1 41.6 72.5 64.5 0.0 0.0

4 Nr. Utility area Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.3 62.7 47.9 47.0 71.3 62.8 0.0 0.1

5 Vadadala village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4 42.3 40.3 54.4 44.5 0.0 0.1

As given in the Table 4-13, during the day time only 0.3 dB increase are noticed in the nearby Industrial area. i.e. No

increase to maximum increase of 0.2 dB which is negligible considering that the minimum increase noticeable by a

human ear is 0.5 dB. Another factor to be considered, is that SoundPlan analysis is carried out assuming that there are

no obstructions (such as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the receiver locations and the sources of sound, which

is not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual results are going to be much lower than SoundPLAN’s predicted

results, and hence increase of 0.1 to 0.3 dB is not likely to be noticed at any of the noise monitoring locations.

Conclusion

The Predicted increase is maximum 0.2 dB during the day and 0.3 dB during the night in Industrial area and 0.2 dB

during the day and 0.3 dB during the night time in Residential area according to SoundPlan analysis. This increase is

negligible considering that the minimum noticeable increase by a human ear is 0.5 dB hence it can be concluded that

due to noise generated from the proposed project there will not be any impact on the surrounding area.

Mitigation Measures

Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside

the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may

face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it

is important to implement the following mitigations given in Table 4-14, in order to avoid any permanent hearing

damage to the people working inside the project site.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-14: Mitigation Measures

S.

No. Source of Noise

Sound Pressure Level

(dB) Mitigations suggested

1 Compressors 85 dB

The noise level of the Compressor Often exceeds 100 dB if not covered with

a canopy.

If the Compressors are installed with an Acoustical Canopy by default, no

further mitigations are required.

If there are no Acoustical Canopy for the compressor, Acoustical Enclosure

with 30 dB Transmission Loss is recommended for the compressor.

If Multiple Compressors (with canopies) are kept together, it is likely that

their combined SPL when all of them are running may exceed 90 or 95 dB.

It is recommended in such a case that Room Acoustical treatment be done

for the compressor houseroom.

2 DG Sets 100 dB

The limit set by CPCB for DG Sets is 75 dBA for a spatial average of 16

readings taken surrounding the DG Set. It is often observed that the Noise

generated by the DG set exceeds the CPCB limit.

In the above case, Acoustical Enclosure with 30+ dB should be

implemented for the Acoustical Enclosure.

3 Cooling Tower 85 dB

The main source of noise in cooling tower is the noise generated of falling

water. In order to overcome the same, a noise barrier shall be constructed

to reduce the noise levels.

Also the pumps used in the cooling tower shall be provided with Acoustic

enclosures.

4 Vehicular

Movement < 70 dB

The SPL for regular vehicle movement is below 70 dB and no mitigations

are necessary for this source of noise.

5 Trucks Movement < 85 dB

Trucks can get noisy and generate SPL up to 90 dB. The only mitigation

possible for this source is to do regular maintenance of the trucks and keep

their Sound Levels at lowest possible levels.

In case any kind of Loading/Unloading is involved, the loading/unloading

should not be done during the night time, during which it may cause more

disturbance to the surrounding.

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

A number of sources in production of proposed products can cause potential impacts on water environment namely

ground water, surface water and effluent generation, which include impacts:

During Pre-construction phase

During Commissioning stage

During Operation phase

Based on the identified project activities impact on water environment is accessed. Scoring of the same is done based

on the methodology provided in Annexure 31.

Mitigation measures based on these scores are tabulated in Table 4-15.

4.4.1 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water

Ground water is not abstracted for any plant activities since the water supply will be available on continuous and

uninterrupted basis from GIDC. The plant will be paved, therefore the likelihood of contaminants entering groundwater

and harming the same is improbable (i.e. unlikely).

Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:

Coal yard will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off contamination.

Maximum condensate will be recovered from the boiler to reduce the fresh water demand;

Rain water harvesting will be adopted for the conservation of water;

Regular maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure smooth operation;

No discharge of untreated waste water on land;

Zero effluent discharge criteria for proposed 67 MW power plant will be met. Rest of the effluent from other plants

will be treated in existing ETP and will be disposed to GIDC Drain after meeting the GPCB effluent discharge norms.

Separate drains for storm water and effluent will be provided for proposed expansion project to avoid any

contamination of surface water sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds & dyke walls to avoid run-off

contamination during rainy season.

The overall impact on surface water quality will be negligible by followed all precautionary measures as mentioned in

mitigation measures.



Table 4-15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment

S


N /

AN

/ E

Water

Legal



EMP

Required SW GW Effluent /

Sewage

Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

1 Project Design



Non-compliance of Environmental standards due

to failure in designs of settling tank AN • • • Yes 5 1 5 Less Severe

Proper design of settling tank shall be done to meet the

environmental standards. No


2.1 Influx of Construction Workers Domestic wastewater generation N • Yes -- -- -- Significant Sewage will be disposed into soak pit and septic tank.

Regular cleaning will be carried out. Yes


3.1 Coal & Limestone storage and stock

pilling

Wastewater Generation (From excess water

hydrant during fire) E • No 2 1 2 Less Severe

Onsite and Offsite emergency plan will be followed. Fire

fighting & emergency response team will be at place.

Preventive maintenance schedule in place.

No

3.2 Operation of DM Plant Wastewater Generation (Acidic / Alkaline waste

water including resins) N • No -- -- -- Significant

Effluent will be diverted to settling tank via properly

designed channel. Yes

3.3 Operations of Boilers & Turbines Wastewater Generation (Boiler blow down) N • No -- -- -- Significant Effluent will be diverted to settling tank via properly


3.4 Handling of Fly Ash Wastewater Generation (excess water sprinkling

in Ash pond) AN • No -- -- -- Significant




4.1

Operation of other utilities like Cooling

Tower, Compressor, Pumps, Blowers

etc. & Floor Washing.

Wastewater generation (Cooling tower blow

down, shaft leaks, washings etc.) N • No -- -- -- Significant


designed channel. RHW will be implemented. Yes

Leakages in HSD tank AN • No 5 1 5 Less Severe

Dyke wall will be provided to avoid run-off contamination

and leaked fuel shall be immediately transferred to the

spare tank. Use of spill control measures, mechanical

handling, PPE’s shall be mandatory while handling the

chemicals to avoid spillages.

No

4.2 Operation of ETP (Settling tank)

Overflow of excess effluent generated due to

abnormal operation/ breakdown of ETP (settling

tank)

AN • No 5 1 5 Less Severe Plant will be shut down. No

4.3 Operation of STP Overflow of domestic waste water (due to

abnormal operation/ breakdown of STP) AN • No 5 1 5 Less Severe

Domestic waste water is collected in Septic Tanks/Soak

Pits and shall be treated in STP No

4.4 Analysis in laboratory Waste water generation N • No 1 3 3 Negligible -- No

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Impact Assessment for proposed project is carried out based on the methodology described in Annexure 31.

Potential impacts on land use and land cover are described in following section:

4.5.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land Use / Cover

The project is expansion project within the boundary of existing plant so there will not be further land acquisition.

4.5.2 Site Preparation

Clearance of land

The land use pattern of the project site will not get affected since it is within factory premises. But land cover gets

affected typically from conversion of scrub, open vegetation, land without scrub to build up land i.e. industrial use.

Preparation of Access Roads

The project site approach roads are developed so there will be no land acquisition. But the internal roads within the

project boundary will be developed, this aspect is being considered in construction of site.

Excavation and Paving of Site

Excavation and paving of site to allow for the impact loads due to construction activities will lead to minor impacts on

land use. This may change the ground level and affect the topography. The excavated soil will be used for leveling the

premises and care should be taken for disposal of the remaining.

4.5.3 Green Belt Development

Due to the well-developed and maintenance of green belt within project premises, a positive impact is envisaged during

operation phase. Aesthetic looks of project site will be enhanced.

Considering the above impacts and operating and other conditions mentioned in Section 4.5.1 to Section 4.5.4, the

impact scores on land environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-16.

4.5.4 Mitigation Measures for Impact on Land Use / Land Cover

Mitigation measures for conserving land use and land cover will include the following:

The vegetation cover clearing will only be done on which construction is to take place;

Reuse of earth material generated during excavation will be done;

Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be done;

Fly ash will be given to cement manufacturer, brick manufacturing unit and for road construction;

Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw material will be impervious and will be designed to prevent Leachate

penetration;

Generated hazardous wastes during project operation will be transported to an authorized TSDF operator.



Table 4-16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid & Haz. Waste and Land Environment

S


N

/

AN

/

E

Land

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP

Required LU /

LC Soil HW ISW MSW

Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16

1 Project Design



Non-compliance of Environmental

standards due to failure in designs

of the Hazardous waste storage

area.

• • • No 5 1 5 Less Severe

Properly designed storage area for hazardous waste with adequate

capacity will be ensured. Prior permissions for TSDF will be taken

and prior agreements with authorized vendors shall be made.

No


2.1


Movement of JCBs, other machinery,

workers / labors etc.

Generation of Debris N • No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe Debris will be used as filling material at low lying areas. No

2.2

Heavy fabrication work for erecting

major plant equipment including

operation of equipment like crane,

concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.

Generation of Scraps N • No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe Scraps will be handles as per rules and sold to authorized vendors No

2.3 Influx of Construction Workers Sewage Sludge generation N • 2 5 10 Moderate Severe Proper disposal of sewage sludge will be carried out as per rules. No


3.1 Coal & Limestone storage and stock

pilling Generation of dust N • No 1 5 5 Less Severe Water Sprinkling will be carried out as and when required No

3.2 Operations of Boilers & Turbines

Deposition of PM, SO2, NOx

emitted from stacks N • No 1 5 5 Less Severe

SOP’s will be followed. Based on APCM, PM & SO2 shall remain well

within the CPCB standards. No

Generation of Bottom and Fly Ash N • No -- -- -- Significant Ash will be used in cement plant or it will be sold to brick

manufacturers. Yes


4.1

Operation of other utilities like

Cooling Tower, Compressor, Pumps,

Blowers etc. & Floor Washing.

Generation of Used/spent oil,

waste/residue containing oil,

contaminated hand gloves,

discarded containers / barrels /

bags

N • Yes -- -- -- Significant

Used/spent oil will be sold to authorized Recyclers, Waste/residue

containing oil disposed off to CHWIF. Contaminated hand gloves,

discarded containers / barrels / bags shall be sold to authorized

vendors.

Yes

4.2 Operation of ETP (settling tank) Spillage of effluent AN • No 4 2 8 Moderate Severe Dyke wall with proper flooring shall be made. SOP’s will be

followed. No

4.3 Equipment maintenance Generation of scraps, used spares,

cotton waste, hand gloves etc. N • Yes -- -- -- Significant

Scraps, used spares, cotton waste, contaminated hand gloves,

discarded containers / barrels / bags shall be sold to authorized

vendors.

Yes

4.4 Analysis in laboratory Generation of Broken Glassware AN No • No 3 2 6 Less Severe Collected, stored and disposed as per HW rules amended till date. No

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.6 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY

4.6.1 Ecological Impact Assessment Methodology

Impacts on ecological components are identified by various methodologies which are explained in detail in Annexure

31.

Possible Impacts

During construction phase, increase in deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation may alter or limit

plant’s abilities to photosynthesize and / or reproduce;

Habitation fragmentation due to clearance of existing scrub cover during site preparation;

Mitigation measures to conserve Ecology and Biodiversity

Since the proposed project is located within the existing factory premises there will be no significant or permanent

impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity.

As the emissions from the plant will be regulated and minimal with respect to the specified norms, and with a very

healthy existing developed greenbelt at the site in the form of several species, the biological environment will be

protected.

Every year survival rate of the plantation within project site will be monitored and accordingly greenbelt will be

maintained.

Considering the above mitigation measures the impact scores on biological environment are likely to be as mentioned in

Table 4-17.



Table 4-17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity Environment

S.

No.

Project Aspect

Description

Likely Impacts on Ecology

and Biodiversity (EB)

Impact Consequence - Probability

Description / Justification Legal


Consequence Mitigation Measures

EMP

Required Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1. Construction Phase

1.1

Noise generation due to

movement of JCBs, other

machinery, Heavy

fabrication work &

Vehicular Movement

Site specific disturbance to

faunal species

Species reported from project site and

buffer zone are common / generalist

species of the local environment and not

very sensitive to the routine activities of the

urban and peri-urban area, so there will be

no threat of facing disturbance. However,

its site specific and temporary impact.

No 1 5 5 Less Severe

Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance.

However, all species reported from project site are common and

well adapted to the routine urban activities, so they will not face

significant impact on their normal movements. However,

greenbelt development will help to recall these temporary

displaced species.

No

2. Project operation Phase

2.1

Emission of dust due to

vehicular movement,

Handling and Crushing of

Coal, Limestone & Fly ash.

Emission of PM, SO2, NOx

operation of Boilers.

Impact on surrounding

vegetation and associated

biodiversity.

Though the emission levels of all pollutants

will be kept within permissible limits,

considering cumulative impact, minor short

term impacts are expected on surrounding

flora and associated fauna which may be

resilient. In case of leakage proper Disaster

management plan has been prepared by

the company and immediate action will be

taken.

Yes -- -- -- Significant

Operation subject to management by operational controls.

Emission levels of all pollutants will be kept within permissible

levels through various engineering control measures. However,

green belt development with suitable species will help to

mitigate likely cumulative impacts.

Yes

2.2

Noise Generation (due to

operation of boilers,

generators, compressors,

pumps, blowers)

3. General Utilities

3.1

Generation of SPM and

emission of HC & CO due

to vehicular movement

Impact on surrounding

vegetation and associated

biodiversity.

Though the emission levels of emitted

pollutants will kept within permissible limits,

considering cumulative impact, minor short

term impacts are expected on surrounding

habitats and associated biodiversity which

may be resilient.

No 2 5 10 Moderate Severe

Operation subject to management by operational controls.

Emission levels of all pollutants will be kept within permissible

levels through various engineering control measures. However,

green belt development with suitable species will help to

mitigate likely cumulative impacts.

No

3.2 Mixing of contaminated

water into storm water

Contamination of surrounding

water bodies and associated

aquatic biodiversity.

Also, all the potential contaminant (solid

and liquid) will be stored in closed area, so

that rain water / storm water will not get

contaminated.

No 1 5 5 Less Severe Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance. No

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Based on the socio-economic survey and stakeholder consultation the following social concerns have been identified

with respect to the general condition of the nearby residents / villages of study area. The suggestive mitigation

measures has been reflected in Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: Issues Raised by the Respondents of the Core Zone

Social Component Issues raised/Problems Community Welfare/Enhancement Measures by

the Project Proponent

Health and Hygiene

Open defecation by the villagers.

The medical/health facilities are limited in the

study area.

The Project Proponent will take the initiative to ensure

to put up health checkup camps and doctor’s visit at

regular intervals.

Drinking Water

Scarcity of potable water in the surrounding

villages.

Lack of potable water in primary schools.

The project proponent in co-ordination with local bodies

will monitor regular supply of drinking water.

Proper co-ordination and follow up will be carried out

by the project proponent with PCPIR & SEZ for regular

supply of safe drinking water.

Education

Lower literacy rate of the females.

Construction/renovation of school rooms is

required.

Construction of toilet is required.

Renovation of Anganwadi & Primary School

buildings is required.

The project proponent will ensure to do its part

according to the funds available and on the priority

basis.

Sanitation & Drainage

System Inadequate household toilets.

The project proponent will give its contribution in the

construction of sanitary toilets for households.

Employment

Employment Generation for local population.

The daily wage earners are in substantial

number present in the study villages.

Skill development programme will be organized by the

project proponent at regular interval and accordingly

the local population will be given preference in the job

opportunities.

Construction/Renovation

Construction/up gradation of the internal village

road is required.

Dahej Awas Yojna, 2015 for the SC & ST is

under process.

As part of Community Welfare Program the project

proponent will consider to contribute for the mentioned

works of construction and renovation.

Source: Community Consultation-2016.

4.7.1 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities

A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is carried out in Chapter 7, Section 7.2. This includes

Hazards Identification, Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios, Simulation of release source model and Plotting of contour

maps.

On the basis of this risk assessment study MLCs have been selected and studied. A detailed impact scoring was under

taken and presented in Table 4-19, including the general safety measures and mitigation measures.


BHARUCH, GUJARAT 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-19: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for OH, Community Health and Safety

Code Impacting Activity Impact Scoring

Basis of Scoring Mitigation Measures C P C × P

1 Chlorine (Cylinder)

1 mm leak

-3 2 -6

C=3 as IDLH is low

P=2 as sufficient safety

measures

Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters, Pressure

Gauges and Flow switches have been provided

Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant system, Water

Curtain)

Chlorine Scrubber System with double efficient

blower

Specific Chlorine Detector Alarm panel with

localized Hooter will be provided

2 mm leak

2 HSD

Leak

-2 2 -4

C=2 as Flash point is

low

P=2 as sufficient safety

measures

Respective Control Room Catastrophic Rupture

C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score

M/S. MEGHMANI



4. ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.7.2 General Safety Measures

Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site, following safety measures are already provided at the

site.

Requisite personnel protective equipment is provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the same is displayed.

Further, it is insisted to use the same while at work.

Provision of safety shower with eye washer.

MSDS of all hazardous chemicals is available at office and with responsible persons.

Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS is available at the site.

Regular training programme for safety awareness.

Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.

Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.

Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical is immediately attended.

Work area is monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicals-fumes/vapours and to

keep well within below permissible limit.

Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training is imparted to the workers also.

Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.

Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.

Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.

Instructions on Emergency/Disaster is displayed.

Safety Posters and slogans is exhibited at conspicuous places.

Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.

Work permit systems is strictly followed.

Safety Committee is constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues are discussed in the

meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.

4.7.3 Mitigation Measures

Spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health problem.

Emergency management system (off-site & onsite emergency plan) will be followed to tackle any emergency

situation for proposed facilities.

Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals;

During site preparation proper care would be taken by MFL, appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers

and staff members;

Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact;

Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact;

Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when required.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 SITE SELECTION

The proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing factory premises. Hence, no analysis of alternatives

has been carried out.

5.2 EXISTING SITE

The existing site offers the following specific advantages:

Sufficient land is available for setting up the project and allied facilities;

Water storage infrastructure;

Internal communication facilities;

Well connected with national and state highway;

Availability of existing go downs, storage tank and storage sheds;

Close proximity to market;

Availability of coal in close proximity;

Located in GIDC Industrial Estate of Dahej.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 6. ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Based on the identified aspects from the proposed activities on air, noise, water, land, ecology and biodiversity and

socio-economic environment, scoring were done based on its severity and probability as discussed in Chapter 4.

Thus, monitoring program is required for each environment based on its consequence. The preliminary budgetary

monitoring plans are as discussed in this chapter. These EMPs are based on the technical aspects of monitoring the

effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,

reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement schedules).

Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance;

Identify unexpected changes.

6.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Budgetary environment monitoring plan for air environment is given in Table 6-1. Traffic Management Plan is

given in Table 6-2.

6.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Budgetary environment monitoring plan for Noise environment is given Table 6-3.

6.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Budgetary environment monitoring plan for Water environment is tabulated in Table 6-4.

6.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Budgetary environment monitoring plan for Land environment as Land use / Land cover, solid hazardous waste

management and soil conservation are tabulated in Table 6-5.

6.5 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY

Budgetary environment monitoring plan for Ecology and biodiversity is tabulated in Table 6-6.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM


Table 6-1: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Air Environment

Impacting

Activity

Operation Controls /

Mitigation Measures

Implementation and Management

Remark Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology Frequency Location

Reporting

Schedule /

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation Measure

- (in INR Crores)

Approximate

Recurring Cost –

(in INR Crores)

Procurement

Schedule

Power Plant Project Operation

Operations of

Boilers &

Turbines

ESP will be provided.

Limestone dosing will be

done to control SO2

emissions. Stack height of 65

m will be provided for proper

dispersion. Online meter for

PM, SO2 & NOx will be

provided.

PM, SO2, NOx in

stack.

Online PM, SO2 & NOx Continuous Stacks attached

to Boilers Power Plant Manager

ERP will be

followed &

Mandatory

inspection of

each equipment

shall be done as

per the

requirements.

Capital Cost:

1) Stack = 2.5

2) ESP = 3.0

3) Online monitoring

system = 0.5

Recurring Cost:

Cost of maintaining

the same =

0.05+0.75+0.05 =

0.85

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Cost of

Stack, APC like ESP, online

monitoring systems.

Recurring Cost: Cost of

maintaining the same.

Stack monitoring by

Isokinetic sampling IS:

11255.

Monthly Stacks attached

to Boilers Power Plant Manager

CAAQMS Online PM10, PM2.5, SO2 &

NOx Continuous

Near Admin

Building EHS Head

PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx in ambient

air and within

plant premise

PM10 - Gravimetric IS:

5182 (Part 23) 2006.

Monthly

3 Locations

within site

(Near ETP,

Canteen & Main

Lab)

Third Party

PM2.5 - Gravimetric IS:

5182.

SO2 - Colorimetric IS:

5182: (Part II) 2001.

NOx - Colorimetric IS:

5182: (Part VI) 2006.

Handling of Fly

Ash

Ash Handling and

Management plan will be

prepared and followed. Dust

collection system will be

installed at transfer tower,

crusher house, top of silo &

bunker tower.

Fly Ash

Quantity of fly ash

generation and maintain

the Register

Daily Weigh bridge

browser. Power Plant Manager

Water Sprinkling

will be carried

out.

Capital Cost:

1) Ash Silo = 1.5

Recurring Cost:

1) Ash handling =

0.15

During operation

phase.

Capital Cost: Cost of Silo,

APC like Bag filters.

Recurring Cost:

Maintenance of the APC

equipment and cost of ash

handling.

General & Utilities

Vehicular

movement for

transportation of

raw materials,

Industrial Waste.

Water sprinkling will be

done. PUCC Certified

vehicles will be used. Traffic

management will be

ensured.

PUCC Certificate To ensure Valid PUCC

certificate.

If considerable

emissions

observed during

operations.

With Drivers at

main gate Security Officer

Vehicles without

PUC certificates

will not be used.

-- -- During construction

and operation phase. --

Capital Cost (in INR Crores) 7.5 During Commissioning Phase

Recurring Cost (in INR Crores) 1 During Operation Phase

Total Cost for EMP (in INR Crores) 8.5 --



Table 6-2: Traffic Management Plan

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation phase

Benefit of EMP Smooth and congestion free traffic operation

Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures



Measurement

Methodology Frequency Location Reporting Schedule/Responsibility Emergency Procedure

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C14

Movement of vehicles

throughout the

construction phase

and operational phase

Controlled vehicular movement

(preferably with clearly demarcated

entry / exit) with adequate

supervision

Records of No. of

tankers entering and

exiting the site.

Manual Throughout construction and

operation phase Main Gate Security In charge

Route for safe exit will be

in place. --

Segregation of vehicular and

pedestrian area -- --

Throughout construction and

operation phase -- Security In charge


in place. --

Vehicle entry and exit scheduling so

that traffic congestion is not created

on the public road leading to the

site.

-- -- Throughout construction and

operation phase -- Security In charge


in place. --



Table 6-3: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Noise Environment.

Impacting

Activity


Mitigation Measures



Measurement


Reporting

Schedule /

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation Measure -

(in INR Crores)

Approximate

Recurring Cost –

(in INR Crores)

Procurement

Schedule

Power Plant

Operation

Operations of

Boilers &

Turbines

Provision of Silencer in

main stream line safety

valve, and before turbine

for steam venting during

startup of turbine.

PPE like Ear Plugs & ear

muffs will be provided and

its use shall be ensured.

No operators shall be

allowed to do two

continuous shifts.

Noise Levels ISLM 100 Once a Month Plant Area Contractor / Third

Party

Regular

Maintenance of

equipment to

be done.

Capital Cost:

1) Installation of

silencers = 0.08

Recurring Cost:

1) Monitoring cost

of regular Noise =

0.01

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Installation

of silencers.

Recurring Cost:

Monitoring cost of regular

Noise measurements.

General &

Utilities

Operation of

other utilities like

Cooling Tower,

Compressor,

Pumps, Blowers

etc. & Floor

Washing.

SOP's, OCP and OEP will

be followed during

startup. Acoustic

enclosures will be built-in

with equipment by

technology provider. PPEs

like Ear Plugs & ear muffs

will be provided and its

use shall be ensured.

Noise Levels ISLM 100 Once a Month

Utilities Area (2

locations within

plant)

Contractor / Third

Party

Regular

Maintenance of

equipment to

be done.

- Recurring Cost:

1) PPEs = 0.20

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: -


PPE.


Recurring Cost (in INR Crores) 0.21 During Operation Phase




Table 6-4: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Water Environment

Impacting

Activity


Mitigation Measures



Measurement


Reporting

Schedule /

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for


(in INR Crores)

Approximate

Recurring Cost –

(in INR Crores)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project

Construction

Influx of

Construction

Workers

Sewage will be disposed

into soak pit and septic

tank. Regular cleaning will

be carried out.

-- -- -- -- -- -- - - - Existing Sanitation system

is already in place.

Power Plant

Operation

Operation of DM

Plant

Effluent will be diverted to

settling tank via properly

designed channel.

pH, TSS, TDS Manual Twice in a shift Neutralization

Tank

Section Incharge of

Power Plant

Dosing will be

done properly.

Capital cost:

1) Settling tank = 0.5

Recurring cost:

1) Maintenance

cost = 0.1

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Cost of

Settling tank. Recurring

cost: Maintenance cost

including chemical & dosing

material. Monitoring cost of

effluent & waste water.

Operations of

Boilers &

Turbines

Handling of Fly

Ash Flow / Quantity Water Meter Continuous Ash pond Utility Incharge

Ash Management

plan will followed.

Capital cost:

1) Water Meter =

0.005

- During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Water

meter.

General &

Utilities

Operation of


Cooling Tower,

Compressor,

Pumps, Blowers

etc. & Floor

Washing.

Effluent will be diverted to

settling tank via properly.

RHW will be implemented.

pH, TSS, TDS. Manual Twice in a shift

Various

locations in

Utility Section

Utility Incharge

Dyke walls will be

provided and

leakages shall be

pumped back in

spare tank

Capital Cost:

1) Dyke walls = 0.75

2) RWH = 0.75

Recurring cost:

1) Regular

cleaning = 0.06

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Upgrading

storm water lines as a part

of RWH, Dyke walls.

Recurring cost:

Maintenance cost to run

common ETP & regular

cleaning of channels.






Table 6-5: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Solid & Hazardous Waste Management and Land Environment

Impacting

Activity


Mitigation Measures



Measurement


Reporting

Schedule /

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for


(in INR Crores)

Approximate

Recurring Cost –

(in INR Crores)

Procurement

Schedule

Power Plant

Operation

Operations of

Boilers &

Turbines

Ash will be used in

cement plant or it will be

sold to brick

manufacturers.

Fly Ash RG1 Register Daily Weigh bridge

browser. Power Plant Manager

Water

Sprinkling will

be carried out.

Covered in AP Section During operation

phase.

Capital Cost: -.


ash handling.

General &

Utilities

Records of trucks

carrying HW.

Number of trucks:

Manually.

Weight of truck: Weight

stand.

During dispatch Main Gate Utility and Security

Incharge.

Storage for

atleast 45 days

is provided.

Capital Cost:

1) HW Storage facility

= 0.2

Recurring Cost:

Membership fees

for disposing HW –

0.05

During operation

phase

Capital Cost: Storage silos

& HW facility. Recurring

Cost: Membership fees for

disposing of HW to TSDF

and handling HW and

maintaining the storage

facility.

Operation of


Cooling Tower,

Compressor,

Pumps, Blowers

etc. & Floor

Washing.

Used/spent oil will be sold

to authorized Recyclers,

Waste/residue containing

oil disposed off to CHWIF.

Contaminated hand

gloves, discarded

containers / barrels / bags

shall be sold to authorized

vendors.

Equipment

maintenance

Scraps, used spares,

cotton waste,

contaminated hand

gloves, discarded

containers / barrels / bags

shall be sold to authorized

vendors.






Table 6-6: Budgetary Environment Monitoring Plan for Ecology and Biodiversity

Impacting Activity

Operation

Controls /

Mitigation

Measures


Remark Data

Analysis

Measurement


Reporting

Schedule /

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for


(in INR Crores)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

– (in INR

Crores)

Procurement

Schedule

Project Operation

Emission of dust due to vehicular

movement, Handling and

Crushing of Coal, Limestone & Fly

ash. Emission of PM, SO2, NOx

operation of Boilers. Noise

Generation (due to operation of

boilers, generators, compressors,

pumps, blowers)

Green belt will be

maintained in the

total plot area.

Tree

plantation

Counts &

survival rate

Manual

During start

of

construction

phase

Within plant

premises and

around Likely

Impact Zone

HR Manager

Minimum of

33% Green belt

shall be

maintained.

Capital cost:

1) Saplings = 0.1

Recurring Cost:

1) Greenbelt

Maintenance =

0.002

During Construction

& Operation phase

Capital cost: Cost for

saplings in and around

project site. Recurring

Cost: Maintenance of

Greenbelt

Capital Cost (in INR Crores) 0.10 During Commissioning phase.

Recurring Cost (in INR Crores) 0.002 During Operation phase.


M/S. MEGHMANI



MONITORING PROGRAM


6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT COST

Total cost of the project is ~ INR 230 Crore. Expenditure to be incurred by MFL on environmental monitoring and

management including capital and recurring cost (annually) is tabulated in Table 6-7.

Table 6-7: Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost

S

No. Head

Approximate

Capital cost

(INR in

Crores)

Approximate

Recurring cost

per Annum (INR

in Crores)

Basis for Cost Estimates

1

Air Pollution

Control &

Monitoring

7.5 1.0

Capital cost: Cost of Stack, Silos, APC like ESP, Bag filters,

online monitoring systems, Ash handling unit etc.

Recurring cost: Annual Cost for repairs / maintenance of

sensors, all APC equipment, monitoring of AAQM at the

project site for parameters as per CCA by hiring third party

and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

2 Noise Pollution

Control 0.08 0.21

Capital cost: Installation of Silencers / acoustic enclosures.

Recurring cost: Cost of PPE, monitoring cost of regular

noise monitoring.

3

Water Pollution

Control &

monitoring

2.005 0.16

Capital cost: Installation of RO, upgrading storm water lines

as a part of RWH, Water meter & Dyke walls.

Recurring cost: Maintenance cost to run RO. Clean-up of

drains. Monitoring cost of effluent and waste water.

4

Solid and

Hazardous waste

management

0.2 0.05

Capital cost: Cost of Upgradation of Storage silos.

Recurring cost: Membership fees for disposing of HW to

TSDF and handling HW and maintaining the storage facility

5 Ecology and

Biodiversity 0.11 0.002

Capital cost: Cost for saplings in and around project site.

Recurring cost: Maintenance of green belt.

Total Amount in

Crores 9.9 1.4

Various environmental parameters to be monitored post EC are summarized in Table 6-8.

Table 6-8: Summary of Post EC Environmental Monitoring Plan

S.

No.

Environmental Component /

Parameter

Frequency of

monitoring Location

1 PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, in ambient air. Continuous (Online) Near Admin Building.

2 PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, in ambient air. Monthly 3 Locations within site (Near ETP, Canteen &

Main Lab)

3 Noise levels Monthly Two locations in each units and Utilities Area

4 Flow (Quantity) Continuous (Online) GIDC Inlet, Plant wise inlets & Effluent outlet to

ETP & at Final disposal point into GIDC Drain

5 pH & TOC Continuous (Online) Final disposal point into GIDC Drain

6 TDS, SS, COD & BOD Monthly ETP Outlet

7 DO, TDS, SS, COD Daily ETP Outlet

9 Quantity of Hazardous waste generated During Dispatch of Trucks

(Once/Twice in a month) Main Gate

10 Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability

and ESP

Pre & post monsoon / in

the event of accidental

spillage

At Site

M/S. MEGHMANI



MONITORING PROGRAM


6.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT (CSR/ESC ACTIVITIES)

As per the Table 4-18, the major issues in the communities is inadequate supply of drinking water, open

defecation, unemployment etc. Hence MFL has proposed Enterprise Social Commitment (Initial 5 Years). Details of

the ESC are provided in Table 6-9.

Table 6-9: Enterprise Social Commitment (Initial 5 Years)

S.

No. Proposed Activity

Amount (INR/Lakhs) per year

2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 Total

Amount

1 Education 35 38 42 46 50 211

2 Health Care Services 29 32 35 39 43 180

3 Housing & Sanitation 71 78 86 95 104 434

4 Water facilities 19 21 23 25 28 115

5 Infrastructure Development 35 38 42 46 50 211

Total Amount per Year 189 207 228 251 276 1,150

Total provision for 5 years - Approximately Rupees Eleven Crore Fifty Lacs

Further in case 2% of average reported net profits of the company are in excess of the above figures for any year,

a portion of such funds can be made available for CSR activities within the study area under the Companies Act,

2013.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

This draft EIA report is being submitted for Public Hearing. Thus, this section shall be updated once Public Hearing

Minutes of Meeting from GPCB is available.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.2.1 Consequence Analysis

Key issues in Risk Assessment (RA) of the proposed project are discussed in this chapter. The risk assessment

process is intended to identify probable hazards in the work environment and all operations, to quantify the hazards

and to assess the risk levels of those hazards in order to prioritize those that need an immediate attention.

In the unlikely event that an abnormal consequence has occurred, the disaster management kicks in. This includes

prescribing the procedures pertaining to a number of issues such as communication, encounter, rescue,

rehabilitation and further steps to prevent recurrence of such consequence in future. These issues are addressed in

the disaster management plan.

Both, the RA and DMP are living documents and need to be updated whenever there are changes in operations,

equipment or procedures.

7.2.2 Methodology of Risk Assessment

The methodology includes,

Hazard identification,

Selection of potential loss scenarios,

Simulation of release source model on DNV’s PHAST 7.1,

Plotting the damage contour on site map.

These steps undertaken to carry out risk assessment for this project are described in following sections.

7.2.3 Hazard Identification

The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively reviewed

to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS) of all the chemicals

handled at the site is available at the site.

Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios were not considered due to the following reasons:

Proposed project is for expansion of 67 MW power plant, which only requires coal & limestone, which are non-

hazardous. All other hazardous chemicals handled at site were already considered in previous EIA studies for

which EC is granted.

Auxiliary power will be sourced from existing power plant / grid. Thus, no DG sets are proposed for startup of

proposed unit.

On the basis of chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and total inventory

etc., it is noted that in the proposed power plant unit, there are no such storage of flammable raw materials

which can lead to uncontrolled release of hazardous material causing hazard.

Properties of hazardous material to be handled is provided in Table 7-1.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Table 7-1: Properties of Hazardous Material to be Handled

S.

No. Material at Site Formula State Odour

Mol. Wt.

(g/mole)

Flash Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point

(°C)

IDLH

(ppm) Stability Hazard Color

Sp. Gr

(g/cc)

UEL

%

LEL

%

Odour

Threshold

(ppm)

1 Coal - Solid Odourless - - - - - Stable Flammable Black - - - -

2 Hydrochloric Acid HCl Liquid Pungent. Irritating

(Strong.) 36.46 -

−26 °C

(39.17% HCl

in water)

110 °C - Stable Corrosive Colorless to light

yellow

1.16

(32%

HCl)

- - 0.25 to 10

ppm

M/S. MEGHMANI




7.2.4 Disaster Management Plan (Overall Complex including Power Plant)

Emergency Organization

Introduction

In order to achieve above objectives the role of key personnel is clearly defined to avoid confusion and to meet the

emergency effectively. The Site Controller and the Incident Controller are the personnel for effective control of an

emergency. As per the emergency preparedness chart the success of control of an emergency situation depends

upon their timely action. The action for these persons and Emergency do’s and don’ts are given in this section.

Assembly Point

Assembly points will be earmarked during making of detailed Onsite Emergency Plan on Execution of the Project.

Emergency Control Centre

The Emergency Control Center (ECC) is the Place from where the emergency control operations to handle the

emergency are directed and controlled. It will be attended by Site Main Controller, Key Personnel and Senior

Officers of fire, Police, District Authorities and Emergency Services. The Center is equipped with telephone

Communication facility to keep contact with incident controller and areas of works as well as outside.

Emergency Control Organization is identified as following.

Site Controller,

Incident Controller, EHS Coordinator, Security Personnel,

Key Personnel,

Central Control Room,

Occupational Health Centre.

Figure 7-1: Emergency Control Organization Chart

Members of team will be evenly distributed in all the shifts and eight to ten members are available in the factory at

any point of time to handle the emergency situation. Team members will be given refresher training from time to

time.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Facilities to be maintained in ECC

Breathing Sets

Self-Contained Breathing Sets and spare cylinders will be available at different locations;

Emergency Life Saving Apparatus (ELSA) will be available at plant. Breathing time is 10 minutes for each set.

Eye Wash and Safety Shower

At different locations in the factory Eye wash fountain and safety shower assemblies are installed.

Safety Measures at Site

General safety measures are already discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.7.2. Safety equipment already available

at Site are tabulated in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2: Safety Equipment Details

S.

No. Description

Available

Quantity Capacity / Type

1 Fire water & Process water 59,707 m3 Reservoir 1 – 31,533 m3, Reservoir 2 – 28,174 m3

2 Fire Hydrants pumps

Main Pump 3 Nos. 273 m3/Hr.

Jockey Pump 01 Nos.

01 Nos.

40 m3/Hr.

70 m3/Hr.

Diesel Pump 01 Nos. 273 m3/Hr.

3 Water sprinkler system

-Hydrogen plant

& dispatch area

-Cable gallery at

CPP plant.

Effective working pressure 1.4 to 7.0 Kg/Cm2

4 Water curtain system

-Surrounding

chlorine bullet

-14 Nos. water

curtain nozzle

Effective working pressure 1.4 to 3.5 Kg/Cm2

5 DCP type portable fire extinguishers 88 Nos. 5 kg



8 DCP type portable fire extinguishers 01 Nos. 75 Kg

9 CO2 type portable fire extinguishers 88 Nos. 4.5 Kg



12 Mechanical foam type fire extinguisher 07 Nos. 9 Ltr.

13 Mechanical foam type fire extinguisher 02 Nos. 50 Ltr.

14 Water Monitor 25 Nos.

15 Single hydrant 80 Nos.

16 Fire escape hydrant 31 Nos.

17 Hose Reel 14 Nos.

18 Fire escape hydrant new [CA] 32 Nos.

19 Fire escape hydrant new [POWER] 05Nos.

20 Emergency Siren 01 Nos. Testing Every Monday At 10.00 Hrs. C A Control

Room Phone No. 2321, 2322 Power Control Room

M/S. MEGHMANI




S.

No. Description

Available

Quantity Capacity / Type

Phone No. 2202, 2203

21 Emergency Chlorine Kit 02 Nos. Chlorine Bottling

22 Chlorine Detector on line with DCS 20

Chlorine Bottling 06, Chlorine Bullet 02, Hypo

Tower 01, Pump house 01, Coal yard no.3 -01,

ETP 01, Cl2 com 02, Cell house 02, HCL Scrubber

01, De-tower 01, NaOH dechlorination tower 01,

Security cabin 01.

23 Hydrogen Detector on line with DCS 01 Nos. Hydrogen filling area

24 Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Detector on line with DCS 02 Nos. sulphur dioxide (SO2) dosing area

25 Wind sock 05 Nos.

26 Emergency Assembly point 05 No.

27 Air line box 10 Nos.

28 PPE'S Box 06 Nos.

29 SAFETY SHOWER 40 Nos.

30 SLUICE VALVE

31 SCBA SET[self-contained breathing apparatus] 12 Nos.

32 Smoke / Heat Detector 66

33 Safety store 1

34 Fire store 1

35 OHC 1

Fire Fighting Agents

Water can be used when applied in the form of spray and to keep exposed material from being damaged by

the fire. It can be used to sweep the flames off the surface of liquid.

Water or foam may cause frothing when applied on flammable liquids having flash point above 100°C. Water

sprays has to be applied carefully by causing the frothing to occur on the surface and this foaming action

blankets and extinguishes the fire.

Water may be used to blanket fire and accomplish extinguishing. It must be applied gently to the surface of the

liquid.

Water may be ineffective except when applied gently to the surface to blanket and extinguish the fire.

Foam

Alcohol Resistant Foam

CO2

Dry Chemical Powder

First Aid/ Antidotes

Wash affected areas/ eyes with copious amounts of water.

Remove to fresh air/ administer Oxygen.

Artificial respiration.

Give copious drinks of water.

Induce vomiting.

Remove contaminated clothing.

Antibiotics/ steroid eye drops.

Administer portico steroid spray.

Analgesic for pain, antibiotic for prevention of infection.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Fire Extinguisher

Fire extinguishers for emergency, located at strategic positions at each process plant, storage areas, security office

etc. The same area will be easily accessible, marked properly and maintained regularly. Following Fire Extinguishers

are provided;

Table 7-3: Details of Fire Extinguisher

S. No. Type of Fire Extinguisher

1 Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

2 Dry Chemical Powder (DCP)

3 Mechanical Foam (MF)

Fire Hydrant System

Fire Hydrants

Monitors

Hoses

15 m length

7.5 m length

Fire tender:

Water tank

Foam tank

DCP type FE

CO2 type FE

Water Sprinkler System

High velocity water sprinkler system

Fire water Tank

First Aid

Well-equipped first aid boxes made available at different location at site. Appoint trained persons as first aiders and

trained them regularly.

Key Persons of the Emergency Team and their Duties

During general shift, persons designated below will perform the assigned emergency responsibilities. In their

absence, or during the shift, alternate persons designated will assume responsibilities.

Table 7-4: Details of Key Personnel of the Emergency Team and their Duties

S. N. Abbreviated

Form Full Form Who will act

1 SMC Site Main Controller Sr. M/DGM/GM(D)/ED(D) (Senior person available in premises)

Sr. Officer of CCR till arrival of SMC

2 IC Incident Controller Shift In-charge / Dy. M / M (of concerned plant & area)

3 Key Personnel -- All HODs / All Sectional Head / Senior most person available in

respective dept.

4 CCR Central Control Room --

5 OHC Occupational Health Centre --

6 PPE Personal Protective Equipment --

M/S. MEGHMANI




Alarm Raiser:

No fixed person can be appointed as alarm raiser.

Any person who has observed any abnormal situation such as fire, gas leaks, chemical leak outs etc., can raise

alarm to warn / inform all working in plant.

Shout Danger-Danger

Ring the brass bell and run fast to inform people around by shouting danger

Inform security gate / respective control room about the abnormal situation

If possible attempt to contain / control about the incidence with available resources without risk to life.

Inform the shift in charge.

Nominated Person to Declare Major Emergency

All shift in charges

Unit Head

Plant HOD

Immediately being aware of the emergency (On hearing the Siren of on being about emergency) he will proceed to

the scene / location and on arrival he will:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists

Take a decision to declare MAJOR EMERGENCY

Activate the on-site plan and if necessary the Off-Site emergency plan

Inform Site-main controller about shifting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by

emergency

Ensure that outside emergency services, including Mutual – Aid have been called

Direct / advise to public address system in charge to activate public address system and to inform / advice Off-

Site population for evacuation and precaution to be observed during emergency.

Site Main Controller:-

Unit Head & Dy. General Manager - Production in general shift & shift in charge of CCP acts as SMC till unit head

arrive the site.

Duties / Functions of SMC: Immediately on being aware of the emergency, he will go to the emergency control

center (ECC) on arrival he will:

Relieve the incident controller of responsibility for overall main control

In consultation with the incident controller decide whether major emergency exists and on declaration of a

major emergency ensure that the outside emergency services and mutual help are called, the off-site plan

activated and if necessary, nearby factories and population are informed.

Ensure that the key personnel are called.

Exercise direct operational control of those parts of the work outside the affected area.

Continuously review and assess possible developments to determine the most probable cause of event.

Direct the safe close down and evacuation of plants in consultation with the incident controller and key

personnel. If necessary arrange for evacuation of neighboring population.

Ensure that causalities are receiving adequate attention. Arrange for hospitalization of victims and additional

help if required. Ensure that their relatives are informed.

Informed and Liaison with police services, instruct emergency authority and the factory inspectorate and

experts on health and safety, provide advice on possible effects on area outside the factory.

In the cases of prolonged emergencies involving risk to outside area by windblown materials, contact

meteorological office to receive early notification of impending changes in weather conditions.

Ensure the accounting for personnel and rescue of missing persons.

Control traffic movement within the factory

M/S. MEGHMANI




Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained.

Where the emergency is prolonged arrange for relief of personnel and the provision of catering facilities.

Issue authorized statements to the news media where necessary, inform head office.

Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of evidence. Arrange for photographs / video.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas and victims on cessation of the emergency. Do not restart the plan

unless it is ensured safe to start and authorized the sounding the "All clear" siren which will be one continuous

long siren for three minutes".

Incident Controller: - All shift In-charge of respective plant / HOD of plant / Unit Head

Dy.Incident Controller: - Sr. Executive / Executive (Prod.)

Duties / functions: - Immediately on being aware of the emergency and its location he will proceed to the scene.

On arrival he will take charge of accident and operate from scene as well as plant control. He will:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a minor emergency exists or is likely. On his decision, he will

activate the on-site emergency plan and if necessary the off-site emergency plan.

Inform site main controller and perform as site main controller till his arriving and he will deputed his Dy.

Incident controller on the scene and he will go to the emergency control center. Particularly he will:

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plan and areas likely to be affected by the emergencies.

Ensure that outside emergency services, including mutual - aid have been called in.

Ensure that key personnel have been called in.

Direct all operations within the affected area with the following priorities:

Secure the safety of the personnel.

Minimize damage to plant, property and the environment.

Minimize loss of material.

Direct rescue and firefighting operation until the arrival of the outside fire brigade, when he will relinquish

control to the head of the fire brigade.

Search for causalities.

Evacuate non-essential workers to the assembly points.

Set up a communication point and established telephone / messenger contact an appropriate with the

emergency controller center.

Give advice and information as requested, to the head of the fire brigade and other emergency services.

Brief the site main controller and keep informed of developments.

Preserved evidence that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry in to the cause of the emergency and

concluding preventive measures.

Safety In charge:-

On being informed about the incident proceed to the scene of incident and assess the situation, report to the site

main controller.

Help the incident controller / site main controller in firefighting / incident control operation by organizing

supervising firefighting / incident control crew. Provide necessary PPE to incident control crew.

Liaison without side emergency services for mutual aid, evacuation shelter, Ambulance, Medical help and

others.

To maintain ECC necessary items, checks and report inadequacy

To carry out / CO- ordinate pre emergency activities for preparedness.

Traffic /Security In charge:-

Security officer

Security supervisor

Stores – Executive

M/S. MEGHMANI




Maintain list of numbers of contractors employees, visitors present on site.

On hearing the siren inform fire team about location and accompany proceed to the site of incident along

with all the security personnel with the exception of essential at the gate.

Control the traffic movement in the factory premises. Cordon off area as required

Remove unauthorized and untrained persons from the scene of incident and instruct them to report at

assembly point.

Help fire rescue, evacuation team for control.

Not to allow entry / exit without permission of IC/SMC

Keep gate clear for emergency site vehicle, tender from outside.

FIRE TEAM INCHARGE:-

Fire officer

Security officer

Security supervisor

On hearing the siren report to incident site and keep contact with ECC Co-ordination with fire station,

security IC and form fire squad

Organize fire squad and arrange to extinguish the fire / control the incident with the help of trained

personnel

Take charge of fire hydrant pump room and see that fire pumps will work as required.

Provide additional hoses, branch pipes, foam compound and spray nozzles to fire squad

Provide all necessary help / direction to fire / gas control squad

Inform SMC / IC if need of mutual aid is required

To maintain fire protection systems apparatus in working condition.

Leak / Spill Control In charge:-

Officer – Prod

Executive – Eng.

Executive – QAD

On hearing the siren report to ECC and or incident site IC

Follow instructions from incident controller / SMC

Organize squad to control spreading of pollution in to atmosphere etc.

Inform SMC / IC if need of mutual aid is required.

Transport In charge:-

Duty officer

Security supervisor

Asst. Manager – P&A

Arrange transport for evacuated persons to shift to outside shelter.

On being informed about the incident proceed to the emergency control center (ECC)

Take charge of all transport vehicles available on – site and keep drivers ready

Arrange to transfer causalities to nearest hospital

Co-ordinate with the SMC and follow his instructions

To maintain arrangements of transport.

Mechanical Aid In charge:-

Manager – Mech.

Executive – (Eng. / Utility)

Asst. Manager – Instrumentation

M/S. MEGHMANI




Executive – Instrumentation

Manager – Elec.

Executive – Elec.

On being informed about the incident to the scene of incident and report to ECC

Follow instructions from IC

Ensure that emergency engineering services are in working condition

Render all engineering help to the IC in controlling the incident.

Arrange / provide help for heavy vehicle as per requirement.

First – Aid Medical Treatment Incharge:-

Trained first aiders

Male Nurse

On being informed about the incident proceed to the scene of incident and report to ECC/OHC

Take charge of Ambulance, OHC

Arrange to give first – aid and maintain record

Decide for further treatment & Co-ordinate with transport in charge & keep record

Assess need of extra medical, Ambulance help & co-ordinate with IC / SMC

Maintain arrangements of OHC, Ambulance.

Telephone / Communication In charge:-

Duty officer

Officer – P&A

Telephone operator

On being informed about the incident maintain contact with emergency control room or report to ECC

Take charge of all external telephones

Receives inward message and keep record of it

Arrange and make one or two lines free for inward message

Inform emergency services and make them alert to come on second call. Also keep record of all outward

message on separate paper.

Also record any emergency message for mutual aid, in specified format in detail

Follow instructions from SMC/IC

Assembly point In-charge:-

Officer – QAD

Executive – Inst.

Executive – Eng.

a) On being informed about the incident, proceed to the site and report to site main controller / incident

controller at ECC

b) If evacuation call is given :-

Arrange to record names / department of those persons assembled (evacuated) at assembly points.

Inform SMC about missing personnel if any

Follow instruction from SMC

If required arrange for transport to shift all evacuated persons to shelters in CO- ordination with

transport In-charge.

During extended emergency he will shift all the assembly at another safe area and allow visitor,

contract employee to go out of premises as per instruction of IC / SMC with exit proof signature.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Emergency Response:-

Emergency Response for Chlorine Evaporation Unit at MFL Dahej is as follows:-

Electrically operated fire sirens are provided in the complex. In addition to the above, hand operated sirens are

provided in the plant.

Emergency control organization chart with the duties has been displayed at the Control Room.

Any employee/person (incident informer) noticing a fire will shout "FIRE FIRE" to attract attention of others

nearby. He shall blow the fire alarm at the nearest location or inform to security through intercom for blowing

the fire siren. Any other persons who heard the shouting of "FIRE FIRE" will run to security to inform and for

blowing the fire alarm.

On hearing the fire alarm, Operations Engineer will proceed to affected area and take charge. He will inform

site Controller/Incident Controller immediately.

Site Controller will proceed to control room on hearing alarm on getting report from incident informer/incident

controller.

Firefighting coordinator or alternate will proceed to pump station and start fire water pump.

Power and Utility coordinator will take charge of other utilities and stand by for orders from Incident Controller.

All other officers will carry out the operations as applicable to them and stand by for instructions from Incident

Controller.

Administration Coordinator and Communication Coordinator will proceed to their respective position and await

instructions from incident controller or site controller.

Security supervisor or alternate will take control of the main gate to control traffic and to provide assistance in

firefighting.

Company Doctor on receiving the information will prepare to receive casualties, if any. He will wait for

instructions from incident Controller/site controller to organize external medical and ambulance services.

In case of a major fire due to electricity operations officer will take action to stop electricity.

It is the responsibility of the Head Security Guards to take control of the traffic. He will organize the movement

of employees in such a way that none of the roads within the plant premises are blocked. He will also control

the movement of traffic at all the main gates in order to ensure smooth movement of fire-fighting vehicles or

ambulances, as the case may be.

The incident controller will rush to the scene of fire and organize emergency response activity with the

following three team viz. Fire Combat Team, Rescue Team and Auxiliary Team. Each team shall have a

minimum strength of 2 to 3 employees. One employee in each team will be the team in-charge.

The duties of each team is as detailed below:-

Fire combat team:-The team members to go into action as per the specific assignments such as:

Collecting the fire extinguishers, hoses, nozzles and rush to spot of emergency.

Connecting maximum number of fire hoses with the nearby hydrant points.

Operate fire water monitor by setting them properly to the direction of fire.

Use Foam and other means as suitable for firefighting.

Switch on the sprinkler system manually. (Wherever applicable)

Rush to the spot of the fire with all available fire extinguishers and try to put out the fire at the quickest

possible time.

Stop all activities and concentrate only on fire fighting and try to prevent the fire from spreading.

As others rush to the scene of fire, tell them what the type of fire is and what extinguisher is to be used.

Rescue team:-Team members to go into specifically assigned operation such as:-

Inform site controller, communication coordinator about the situation from time to time. Restrict entry of

unauthorized persons to the location.

Remove important documents to a safe location from the scene of emergency. Ensure that trucks are taken out

and they do not block the passage.

Bring stretchers from the dispensary and move the injured/casualties to the dispensary.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Auxiliary team: -The team members to go into action as per specific assignments such as:

Stop all operations in the field.

Close all ROV's and other important valves. Switch off electrical mains as instructed.

Bring additional fire extinguishers and other firefighting equipment for continuous firefighting.

Replace all firefighting equipment used during combating of fire after normalcy is restored.

Emergency Response to All

If you notice the fire first rush to the spot of fire with a fire extinguisher simultaneously shouting “FIRE FIRE”

for help from other employees who will arrange to sound the fire alarm. Inform the location of fire.

Remember “MAXIMUM SAVING, MINIMUM LOSS” while fighting the fire. First three minutes of fire is the most

vital. After this period it spreads beyond control.

Emergency Response to All

If you notice the fire first rush to the spot of fire with a fire extinguisher simultaneously shouting “FIRE FIRE” for

help from other employees who will arrange to sound the fire alarm. Inform the location of fire.

Remember “MAXIMUM SAVING, MINIMUM LOSS” while fighting the fire. First three minutes of fire is the most vital.

After this period it spreads beyond control.

Emergency Do’s and Don’ts

Do’s & Don’ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related

measures is tabulated in Table 7-5.

Table 7-5: Do’s and Don’ts of Various Activities / Emergency

Do’s Don’ts

Preventive Maintenance

Well qualified supervisors to be hired.

Follow SOP, training manuals etc.

Checklist to be completely filled for maintaining

records.

Poor instruction on maintenance by supervisor.

Do not skip the procedures as mentioned in SOP.

Do not leave any records unfilled to prevent the job

from rework.

Strengthening of HSE

Periodic training for upliftment of skills

Use of PPEs

Do not provide incomplete instructions / training.

Avoid the chance of not wearing PPEs while on site.

Safety Related measures for anyone noticing an emergency

Actuate nearest emergency push button and/ or

inform the Shift in Charge. Get back to your normal

workstation (if safe) or else report to the assembly

point.

Do not panic and avoid running all over the place

prevent others from doing so.

Do not enter the site unless instructed if you are

outside and disaster alarm is heard.

Contractor Personnel

Stop work on hearing alarm and assemble at the

Assembly Point and be ready to evacuate.

Do not enter the site until it is cleared for the normal

work by Incident Controller.

Security

Keep the gate manned.

Keep the road clear for movement of fire tenders.

Control traffic at gates.

Do not allow unauthorized visitors free to enter.

Visitors

Leave the place & assemble at assembly point Do not enter the site if emergency alarm is heard

All other employees on site

On hearing emergency siren

Get back to work place (if safe) and get instructions

from supervisor

Do not panic/ run

Do not go to the scene of emergency unless

specifically instructed by Incident Controller

M/S. MEGHMANI




Members of emergency response team:

In each shift fire officer collects the name of the team members (10 Nos) from decided areas in consultations with

area supervisor / In-charge. 10 members will work as emergency response team during the shift. To provide urgent

help in the affected area. Emergency response team will come in action after on – site emergency declaration. They

will:

On hearing of first siren keep alert locate place of incident look for wind direction, keep BA Set ready.

On hearing of second siren of advised proceed to the scene of incident with BA Set.

Help incident controller in emergency control activity like fire, gas leak rescue, search and evacuation

operations as per the need and instruction of IC / SMC.

Emergency Evacuation

If it becomes necessary to have an emergency evacuation the decision will be made by the Site Controller/Incident

Controller as the case may be. The following procedure will be adopted during evacuation:-

Personal Evacuation:

Incident Controller/Fire Fighting Coordinator/Shift Operations Officer will give instructions to the employees in

their sections to go to an assembly point. They will keep a list of employees evacuated from their sections.

Shift Operations Officer will contact the Incident Controller if anybody from their department is left behind

needing any special help. Shift Operation Officers will be responsible for evacuating all from different sections.

Incident Controller will organize the special help required to rescue the employees left behind. Shift Operations

Officer will also decide an evacuation route depending on wind direction.

If there are any employees left behind in different sections, the Incident Controller will organize a rescue team

which will go from section to section with proper protective appliance in order to remove all the entrapped

employees.

Decision to allow re-entry into the terminal for resuming operations will be made jointly by Incident

Controller/Site Controller.

In certain situations like a major fire it may become necessary to evacuate the people in the nearby areas. In such

a case following action will be taken.

Incident Controller, in consultation with the Site-Controller, will decide the evacuation plan. While deciding the

evacuation plan, they will keep the following points in mind.

While handling evacuation in case of a major fire, the direction of the wind is extremely important.

The location of the terminal showing the population density in all the directions surrounding the terminal has

been prepared. This will be used to decide number of people to be evacuated.

Depending on the nature of the fire and the wind direction, the Incident and Site-Controller will draw an

evacuation plan.

It is the responsibility of the Incident Controller to contact the Site-Controller after alerting local police-in-

charge and Local Authorities. Site-Controller will inform Collectors Office and organize additional help and

emergency services.

While contacting all the people mentioned above, the Incident-Controller will give information regarding the

wind direction so that help can reach the affected areas without getting affected by the gas.

Incident Controller/Site Controller will alert local hospitals regarding the emergency.

Communication System

Communication is the lifeline of handling an emergency. When an emergency occurs it is necessary to raise the

alarm immediately, to declare an emergency, to inform the emergency controllers, to inform the plant emergency

services and affected areas within the plant as well as outside if necessary.

Therefore, the following facilities are provided in the plant for an effective two way communication:

M/S. MEGHMANI




Intercoms, public address system, company mobiles and walkie talkie for normal and emergency in-plant

communication

Fire and emergency sirens for raising an alarm for emergency and alerting all essential services

Non-dedicated external telephone for emergency contacts with works emergency controllers, fire brigades,

hospitals and police and for all other contacts including district authorities, Government agencies, neighboring

industries etc.

When the external telephones are not working, an emergency vehicle with a messenger could also be used for

outside communication. Communication to the neighboring public, if necessary, should always be made through

police and their wireless van.

Addition to the above, there will be siren system, which will be sounded for different stages of emergency.

Warning, Alarm and Safety and Security Systems Sirens

1. Motor Operated

Emergency Sirens are installed at heights on the top of the roofs of buildings structures and the push button

switches will be provided at suitably approachable inside the premises.

2. Hand Operated

Hand sirens are installed inside the premises.

Emergency Siren Codes

Table 7-6: Siren Codes during Emergency Situation

Emergency Wailing siren for one minute (e.g. police wailing siren).

Evacuation Wailing siren for three minutes. To be blown only on instructions from SMC.

All Clear Continuous siren for one minute.

Testing Of Sirens/ Security/ Safety Systems

Every Monday at 10.00 hours all the sirens will be sounded for testing purpose. Emergency Alarm is located at fire

hydrant tank pumping station as marked on the site plan.

On hearing siren the Incident Controller will activate the action on Disaster Control Plan by giving proper

instructions or predetermined signals.

Security Systems

Security Officer is in charge of Security. Sufficient numbers of Assistant Security Officers and guards will be

deployed at main gate and other vulnerable areas in each shift. Security staff assists in firefighting and traffic

control during emergencies.

Emergency Response

Incidence observer will communicate the emergency to Site controller & raise the alarm.

On hearing the alarm or getting information about emergency, site controller will proceed to control room &

take charge. He will inform incident controller immediately.

Incident controller will proceed to affected area on hearing alarm or on getting report from Site Controller.

Fire pump attendant will proceed to Fire pump house & start fire water pump. All other persons will stand by

for instructions from incident controller.

Incident controller will organize emergency response activity & emergency response teams. He will also decide

for the need for outside assistance.

F & S officer will proceed to his position & control emergency with the help of Emergency crew personnel.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Administration In-charge will take control of main gate to control traffic. He will guide outside assistance like

fire brigade, ambulance van etc.

Emergency Evacuation

For the purpose of evacuating personnel, safe assembly points are chosen and clearly marked. The assembly

points are selected in the upwind direction / perpendicular to the wind direction so as to eliminate the

downwind hazards due to fire and toxic release. We have an on line weather monitoring station. Wind direction

and wind speed data is recorded and used in case of toxic release to facilitate evacuation and to know

dispersion speed of chemicals

Decision for evacuation of personnel will be taken by Incident Controller, who will ensure that the

Person is to be assigned for each assembly point personnel to be evacuated are informed on public address

system

Injured and trapped personnel are rescued by fire squad equipped with protective gear

Head count is taken with the help of senior most people available at the assembly point and a list of personnel

evacuated is made.

Instructions are given to vehicle drivers on the route to be followed and safe place where the personnel are to be

taken.

All Clear Signal

Investigation to avoid recurrence, recommendations and records – Safety Officer.

Resetting the operations – Incident Controller.

Permission from different Authorities and Final Clearance - Site Controller.

Existing On-Site Emergency Plan

Emergency procedures

Handling of an emergency calls for critical planning and ensuring a state of readiness at all times. Proper handling

of the actual emergency needs certain actions to be taken before the emergency to ensure that all systems are

ready and the emergency can be handled smoothly. Similarly after an emergency rehabilitation and reconstruction

programs are necessary. The actions to be taken before, during and after an emergency are described below:

General Instructions

Leakage of chlorine is the major emergency although other emergencies due to fire, explosion or spillage of

chemicals may occur. Immediate steps should be taken to stop the leak.

The general instructions are as follows:

Chlorine is heavier that air and settles at ground level. It does not diffuse quickly in atmosphere.

Always stand in the upwind direction, while attending the leakages or standing near the leakage.

Always stand in the upwind direction, while attending the leakage or standing near the leakage

The best effort should be made to contain the spilled liquid it should be recovered to the extent possible and

neutralized before it is discharged in to the effluent stream

Effluent treatment plant should be informed immediately to take corrective action.

Only trained employees should be allowed to go near the danger area with proper safety equipment kit to stop

the leak

All other employees should assemble as per the instruction of incident controller.

Actions to be taken before the Emergency

Training programs should be conducted at regular intervals for:

M/S. MEGHMANI




Use of Personnel Protective Equipment’s

Use of chlorine kit

Fire fighting

First Aid

Drills to be conducted for testing of emergency plans once in a six month

Safe handling procedures (MSDS) for the chemicals handled in the plant should be written and copy made

available in plant area

Actions to be taken during the Emergency

For major emergency situations the various actions to be taken during emergency are as follows:

Emergency Response to Toxic Material Release

Among the hazardous chemicals handled at the entire existing facility, the worst emergency situation will involve

release of chlorine gas. At present 20 Cl2 sensors are placed at various locations within premises as mentioned in

Table 7-2.

A chlorine and Benzene leak is easily detected due to its peculiar odour. As soon as a leak in piping or equipment

handling chemical is noticed, the immediate action should be to evacuate the downwind area and make efforts to

isolate the source of supply.

Personnel performing such emergency operations should wear all personal protective equipment including air line or

self-contained breathing apparatus.

Immediately on report of a leak, the Incident Controller should take following actions.

Declare the EMERGENCY

Evacuate the downwind area. If the consequences are likely to affect outside population, use available means

to inform the public and nearby installations about the incident and possible effects and actions

Instruct to isolate the system supplying chemical to source of leak and arrange safe shutdown of the plant.

If emergency situation permits, attempt repair using necessary precautions

Perform all other responsibilities as per the Emergency Response Plan

The following actions to be taken for the hazardous chemicals handled in the plant:

Emergency Action Plan for Chlorine Leakage

On detection of chlorine leakage inform shift in charge.

The SMS / IC will assess the situation at the site.

Check wind direction and wind speed.

Identify source of leakage by approaching from up wind direction using PPEs like SCBA set, airline respirator,

PVC gloves and gumboot.

SMC / IC will decide for evacuation of affected downwind area and arrange for search and rescue as required.

Stay up wind, cordon off area, and prevent entry of unwanted personnel.

Try to isolate leaky portion of plant, pipeline, and equipment by closing isolation valve on both side of leak.

Consider following points before isolation.

Whether isolation affect the specific plant / equipment operation, then think of safe shut down of that plant /

equipment.

Try to stop / reduce leakage if it can be done without risk using PPEs and special tools and kits or by lowering

pressure / creating negative pressure by available methods.

Start water spray in atmosphere to knock down vapors. Do not spray water on the source of leak.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Tonners:

As soon as there is any indication of the presence of chlorine in the air immediate steps should be taken to

remedy the situation. The leak source can be detected with the help of ammonia torch (a wooden stick with

piece of cloth at one end. It is soaked in ammonia solution. When taken near the leak source, it will give dense

white fumes.) leakages, if any should be immediately reported to the supervisor

Leakage once detected, should be attended immediately, to avoid further deterioration of leakage.

Use personal protective equipment’s such as gas mask with canister, on line air breathing apparatus, self-

contained B.A. set while entering the leakage zone

Leakage point should be preferably approached from higher elevation and upwind direction

Isolate the system as quickly as possible and evacuate the area. Only persons required for combating the

leakage should be allowed to enter the area

Water should never be sprayed on a chlorine leak. To do so will make the leak worse because of the corrosion

action of wet chlorine. Moreover, heat from water increases evaporation rate of chlorine

The severity of a chlorine leak may be lessened by reducing the pressure on the leaking container. These may

be done by absorbing chlorine gas (not the liquid) from the container in a solution of caustic soda, soda ash or

hydrated lime

If there is leakage from the valve seat, valve body or valve inlet threads, use tie rod assembly from tonner

safety kit to plug the leak

If there is hole in the container body, use chain assembly from tonner safety kit.

If the leak cannot be plugged, reduce pressure in the container or remove it to an isolated area

Review spreading of chlorine gas and cloud formation and level of emergency accordingly declare activate on-

site of off-site emergency plan

Arrange for first aid, hospital treatment for affected personnel.

Cut off power supply if required for selected plant / equipment.

Storage Tank

In case the leakage is from below first isolation valve of storage tank which cannot be controlled by isolation

method arrange for emergency transfer in to stand by empty tank from leaky tank.

Create negative pressure in stand by empty tank through Hypo

Keep local exhaust hood near to source of leakage close other exhaust hood to increase effectiveness

If liquid has spilled in dyke area start selected floor exhaust to suck chlorine vapor to hypo.

SMC / IC review effectiveness of action taken and if situation does not come under control decide for safe shut

down of plant

Review spreading of chlorine gas and cloud formation and level of emergency accordingly declare / activate on-

site of off-site emergency plan

Arrange for first aid, hospital treatment for affected personnel.

Cut off power supply if required for selected plant / equipment.

Emergency Action Plan for Leakage/Spillage of HCl/H2SO4/HNO3

For small sprinkle soda ash over spillage and collect it in drum for later disposal to ETP

Wash floor using water in excess quality.

Emergency Action Plan for Caustic Lye

This is a highly reactive liquid and causes burns on contact with skin. Utmost precaution should be taken while

carrying out maintenance jobs or while attending leakages.

Put on all required personal protective equipment’s such as face mask / safety goggles, hand gloves, helmet,

apron, gasmask, gum boots etc. while attending the leakages or approaching to leakage point

Do not attempt to attend leakages on pressurized line/vessel or on running equipment

A small quantity of caustic lye may be diluted with a large quantity of water

M/S. MEGHMANI




Emergency Response to a Storage Tank Fire/ Coal fire / Explosion

Following possible approach may be used to handle an emergency situation involving a tank fire / coal fire /

explosion:

Assesses the situation and gather required information on the accident including suspected casualties, rescue

operations required, materials involved, tank details, pipe line / flange details, weather conditions and

resources available.

Consider possible alternatives to bring the situations under control and make decisions with reference to line of

action i.e. whether to attempt to extinguish the fire or only to control its spread, requirement of emergency

response personnel or not etc.

Take appropriate response actions :

Isolate the area and remove all nonessential personnel

Isolate / shut off the valve of source of fuel from up wind direction

Switch off all power supply specifically temporary power supply

To stop welding, gas cutting and all hot job in surrounding areas and specifically in down wind direction

Evaluate the area downwind of the fire or possible vapor clouds

If remote isolation of the vessel is possible, provide for doing so, to avoid flammable vapor cloud formation

Attempt to extinguish the fire using the appropriate extinguishing agents and methods

Approach to fire from upwind. The personnel involved should wear appropriate protective equipment

Cool the vessel involved in fire and adjacent vessel with water to prevent spread of the fire

Prevent the overflowing of fire water from dykes and other containment systems

Actions to be taken after the Emergency

After decision has been made by Site Main Controller to call off the emergency, following necessary actions are

recommended:

Analysis of the incident

Rehabilitation of plant and offsite personnel

Repairing the plant machinery and reconstruction of structure

Availability of On-site emergency plan

Safety measures proposed at storage yard/warehouse and conveyor belts

1. Chlorine

Chlorine also has a multitude of industrial uses including making bulk materials like bleached paper products,

plastics such as PVC and the solvents tetra chloromethane, chloroform and dichloromethane. It is also used to

make dyes, textiles, medicines, antiseptics and paints.

MFL comes into MAH (Major Accident Hazards) category due to bulk storage & handling of Cl2 above Threshold

Quantity (THQ).

Chlorine is a toxic gas (B. P. is -34oC). In liquefied form chlorine is a clear amber dense liquid. The gas is greenish-

yellow, about 2.5 times as dense as air, and non-flammable. Liquid chlorine causes severe irritation and blistering

of skin. The gas has a pungent suffocating odour and is irritant to the nose and throat. It is an extremely powerful

vesicant and respiratory irritant.

Hazards:

Irritant: Causes moderate or severe eye and skin irritation.

Aspiration Hazard: May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways.

Very Toxic: The exposure of hazardous chemicals are lower than their permissible exposure limits (PELs)

PEL of Chlorine: 1 ppm (3 mg/m3)

M/S. MEGHMANI




CEL of Chlorine: 8 ppm

IDLH of Chlorine: 25 ppm

Safety Control Measures:

The enclosed system will be provided for entire process & operation for manufacturing of finished goods & its

derivatives to minimize the emissions.

Compressed Cylinder storage in tested & certified Tonner as per prescribed Compressed Cylinder storage

regulations etc.

Alternate Level Indicator Transmitters, Pressure Gauges and Flow switches have been provided to the system

to find out the accuracy. Auto control (PLC) system with Audio-visual Alarm system will be provided.

Ventilated Separate Fenced Shed provision will be done to prevent un-authorize entry.

Precautionary Tags/ Boards have been displayed in this premises for cautionary intimation among working

personnel.

Fire Fighting system (Fire Hydrant system, Water Curtain) to create fire wall boundary between adjacent

system in case of fire to prevent cylinder explosion by overheating.

Specific Chlorine Detector Alarm panel with localized Hooter will be provided at the centre of plant operational

& storage unit to detect, sense & indicate alarm to draw attention of working personnel.

Chlorine Scrubber System with double efficient blower will be provided to neutralize the Cl2 gas & scrub them.

Regular checkup of Chlorine Safety System done periodically as scheduled frequency by competent authority.

Sufficient Ventilation to the process & operational area will be provided to disperse the fumes in atmosphere.

Specific Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs) like Safety Shoes, Safety Helmet, Full body PVC Apron, Splash

proof Goggles Respirators & Mask will be provided to working personnel to avoid inhalation, ingestion,

contamination, swallow & dermal exposure etc.

Safety Induction training, First Aid & life Saver training, Hazardous handling & practical training on SOP

provided to the working personnel.

Sufficient & dual alternate Breathing apparatus (SCBA & Airline Mask, Cl2 Cartridge Mask & Gas mask) have

been provided.

Medical examinations camp organized from management periodically to examine the health of entre factory

personnel.

Appointment of Certifying surgeon/ Medical Expert will be done to check up the health of personnel 4 day in

month.

Antidotes, First Aid appliances & Medical facility will be provided in the factory.

Safety Showers have been provided around the plant & on elevated multistory building to decontaminate &

dilute the splashed chemicals in case of exposure on the body.

Sufficient Lighting provision will be provided in the plant.

Sufficient Emergency Exits will be provided to the plant.

EOT crane has installed to lifting shifting the 1.5 T weighted Toners safely.

Double Safety Hoods have kept inside plant at designated point to tackle the Cl2 leakage emergency.

Caustic Tank with dual alternate pump will be provided with Scrubber system to pump the Caustic Solution to

the Top of Scrubber Column to sparer them to neutralize the Cl2.

Provision of online chlorine sensors at various locations and connected with DCS is given in Table 7-2.

Safety System for Chlorine Bottling, Handling and transportation:

Weighing arrangement provided in the each EOT crane to check the weight of receiving / dispatch tonners

Degassing of tonner is done in Sodium Hypochlorite plant.

Hydro testing – Every two years / need basis.

Hydro testing tonners is segregated separately. If wt. loss is more than 5% it is rejected

Auto filling system provided

Load cell provided on each filling post to measure the weight and calibration of load cells done on daily basis

Before dispatch the tonners, it is observed for one day for any abnormality

M/S. MEGHMANI




Valves are covered with metallic cover hood

Four chlorine sensors are installed. These sensors are connected with DCS. Local hotter also provided.

Suction hood covering complete tonners is provided

Tonner tracking system

2. Hydrogen

Hydrogen is a colorless and odorless gas. It is flammable and explosive gas and result in violent reaction with air. It

forms sensitive explosive mixers with bromine and chlorine. Lower and upper explosive limits of hydrogen gas area

(LEL & UEL) are 4.1 % and 74.2 %, respectively. It can spark by heat, spark or flame. Once ignited it burns with a

pale blue, almost invisible flame.

Safety Control Measures:

On-line monitoring of Hydrogen in Chlorine

In Hydrogen compressors area all electrical appliances shall be flameproof.

Hydrogen gas detectors shall be installed at Hydrogen compressor and activates alarm in case of Hydrogen

leakage

TAC approved fire hydrant system throughout the plant

Water sprinkler provided around transformers

Round the clock availability of full size own fire tender

Mutual aid schemes with the adjoining industries

Other safety measures:

Four levels of communication (Telephone, P A system, Walkie talkie, Siren system)

Incident investigation and corrective system including near-miss cases

3. Safety System for Coal storage and Handling

Coal stock yard shall be minimum 500 meters away from the residential area, school/colleges, Historical

Monuments, Religious Places, Ecological sensitive area as well as forests area

Coal will be stored in such a way that coal heap will not be higher than 5 meter and clear distance between two

adjoining heaps will be 5 meters, so that in case of fire, approach is available

Mechanized loading/ unloading system from the loading /unloading area to the stacking yards and in to the

vehicles will be adopted

Compound wall all along periphery of the premises with minimum 9 meters height will be constructed

Continuous water sprinkling will be carried out on the top of the heap at regular intervals to prevent dusting,

fire & smoke.

To prevent fugitive emission during loading/unloading, fixed pipe network with sufficient water storage and

pump shall be installed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out at each and every stage of handling to avoid generation of coal dust or

other dust within premises

Regular sweeping of coal dust from internal and main road and also ensure that there is adequate space for

free movement of vehicles.

Dust containment cum suppression system for the coal stack, Loading and unloading

Construction of effective wind breaking wall suitable to local condition to prevent the suspension of particles

from the heaps.

Construction of metal road & RCC Pucca flooring in the plot area/ godown etc.

System for regular cleaning and wetting of the floor area within the premises.

Entire coal storage area/ godown will be covered with permanent weather shed roofing and side walls i.e., in

closed shed, in case of crushing/sieving/grading activity is carried out (i.e. G. I. Sheet) along with adequate

additional APCM.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Three rows plantation with tall growing tress all along the periphery of the coal handling premises, inside &

outside of the premises along with road will be developed

Proper drainage system shall be provided in all coal storage area so that water drained from sprinkling & runoff

is collected at a common tank and can be reused after screening through the coal slit or any other effective

treatment system.

All the engineering control measures and state of art technology including covered conveyer belts mechanized

loading and unloading, shall be provided in addition to the measures recommended in the environmental

guidelines for curbing the pollution.

TAC approved fire hydrant system

Fire tender with firefighting crew

Occupational Health

Well-equipped occupational health center will be manned by qualified MBBS doctor. The work of occupational

health center includes:

For new employees: Pre- employment medical checkup

Six-monthly health check-ups of all the employees (periodic medical examination)

Physical examinations such as height, weight, chest, blood pressure, eye vision and skin test

Lab test such as hemoglobin (TC, DC and ES tests), urine – complete tests (physical examination, macro test,

micro tests like RBC, WBC, crystals, albumin, globulin, sugar)

Spirometry test (lung function) for pulmonary impairment detection.

Audiometry test – for the employees exposed to noise

Counseling with employees for improvement in health conditions

Medical check-up carried out to study the effects of vibration

Regular health survey is carried out with specific objective to address physical, biological and ergonomic issues

of employees

Workplace monitoring survey

Health assessment of Employees after illness/injury

Post-employment medical check up

Off-Site Emergency Plan

Need of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

The off-site emergency plan prepared herein will deal with the incident, the onsite plan which has the potential to

harm persons or the environment outside the boundary of the factory premises.

The most significant risk to outside areas is that associated with a large release of chlorine and Benzene. Spread of

its effected outside the works may require traffic control, evacuation, shelter arrangement.

Off-site emergency plan has been drawn up with a view to mobilize resources and integrate with district

contingency plan for an effective system of command and control in combating the emergency.

Thus the main purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:

To provide the local / district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors, surrounding industries and the public, the

basic information of risk and environment impact assessment and to appraise them of the consequences and

the protection prevention measures and control plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in

case of major emergency.

To assist the district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for the district or particulate area and

to organize rehearsal from time to time and initial corrective action based on the lesson learnt.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

The off-site emergency plan will be integrated properly with the district contingency plan to tackle any kind of

emergency. The site main controller will keep liaison for this purpose with the district authorities.

External telephone facilities from MFL to GIDC (Fire), will be established for quick communication.

The names of the key persons will be defined to establish contacts and CO-ordinate the activities with the help of

the collectorate and disaster management center in case of major emergency.

An on-site emergency control room will be identified which can be activated / used for emergency control and

manned round the clock.

As far as off-site emergencies are concerned, information shall be received first by the police control room, GIDC,

next information to fire brigade GIDC and to disaster management center. The police / fire brigade control room

shall in turn inform police commissioner, collector and Municipal Commissioner.

7.2.5 Traffic Risk Assessment

Traffic risk assessment for vehicle movement in the plant premises:

A dedicated gate will provided only for Jeeps entry and exit

Speed limits boards (20 kms) are provided to control speed

Roads are RCC type and suitable for heavy vehicle movement

Convex mirrors are installed for easy identification of opposite vehicle movement

Bumpers will be installed for speed control

Main roads are wide and opposite vehicle movement is clearly visible

Traffic movement is controlled by providing additional security guards at various locations

To avoid fire hazard it is ensure that all vehicles entering in the factory have spark arrestors and it will also be

ensured that smoking items and explosives are not being carried inside the factory

It is ensured that no driver enters the plant premises under the influence of Alcohol

Parking area have been defined and sign boards will be provided

No entry signs have been defined will be provided

One way traffic movement routes have been defined will be provided

Zebra crossings will be marked

Pedestrian markings will be provided for personal movement

Following requirements will be ensured for transportation of vehicles carrying hazardous goods:

Spark Arrestor

Manner of display of class labels

Emergency information panels

Class label

Valid registration to carry the said goods

The vehicle is equipped with necessary first aid, safety equipment, toolbox and antidotes as may be necessary

to contain any accident

The driver holds an appropriate driving license, which authorizes him to carry hazardous goods

All relevant information is given to the driver in writing in the form of Transport Emergency Card (TREM)

(Road) and MSDS

Safe routes for transportation of goods are identified

It will be ensured that the vehicle goes out with following documents:

Invoice issued by Sales Coordination Department

Tests reports wherever desired

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

TREM Card

M/S. MEGHMANI




HAZCHEM Poster

Logistic Tracking Agency List

Safety during Road Transportation

The Hazard Information System plays an important role in the safe transport of hazardous substances. The Hazard

Information System consist of the following:

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

Transport Emergency Card (Tremcard)

Hazchem Code

Emergency Information Panel on Vehicles

Drivers Training

The transporter is responsible for the safe transport of Hazardous material by road from the loading point to the

discharge point. Special consideration should be given to the following:

Safe parking

Drivers must ensure that the vehicle is either supervised or is parked in a secure place. No potential source of heat

or fire must exist in the vicinity, and the vehicle must be capable of being easily removed in an emergency. Drivers

must inform the hauler of their overnight parking location. The overnight parking locations must be selected in

accordance with regulations.

Severe weather conditions

When severe weather conditions are experienced during transport, for example rainy roads or poor visibility, the

delivery should be stopped at the next suitable parking place

Delays or accidents

All delays during transport, whether due to severe weather conditions, breakdown or other reasons must be

reported to the consignor as soon as possible. Transport accidents must also be reported to the consignor as soon

as possible.

Pressure and temperature checks

For road transport the pressure and/or temperature of the tank contents should be checked regularly and recorded

on a checklist or in a logbook

Emergency procedure

Drivers should be given precise instructions as to the acceptable pressure and temperature rise during the journey,

and the emergency action to be taken in the event that readings in excess of acceptable levels are observed.

Recommended instructions are given below

If the appropriate transport regulations are complied with, and the requirements set out in this document are

adhered to, the risk of a transport emergency involving material is very small. Nevertheless, it is essential that

drivers should be aware of the appropriate action to be taken should an emergency occur.

1. Increase of temperature or pressure in the tank

During the journey, the temperature of the material should not increase. Normally the pressure in the tank should

not increase, and under normal circumstances will only do so if the temperature increases. If a more rapid rate of

temperature increase is observed, or a significant increase in pressure is observed, apply the following emergency

procedure:

M/S. MEGHMANI




Do everything possible to drive the vehicle to an open space away from buildings and populated areas. Park

and leave the vehicle, taking with you:

o Any temperature/pressure records,

o The transport emergency card,

o The transport documents.

Alert everybody in the surroundings and keep people away.

Contact immediately the local Police and the Fire Brigade.

Ensure that the consignor is notified as soon as possible and provide detailed information - when the increase

started, how long has the temperature/ pressure been increasing, what is the present temperature/pressure.

Assist the local authorities and hand over the transport emergency card.

2. Vapour/liquid leakages and/or fire

Abandon the vehicle immediately.

Alert everybody in the surroundings and keep people as far away from the vehicle as possible.

Contact immediately the local Police and the Fire Brigade.

Ensure that the consignor is notified as soon as possible.

3. In the case of accident involving injury or immobilization of the vehicle, but no leakage or fire

Contact immediately the local Police.

Ensure that the consignor is notified as soon as possible.

If the vehicle cannot be moved, the emergency flashing lights should be positioned to protect the front and

rear of the vehicle. Checks of the temperature and pressure of the tank should continue to be made and

recorded.

Routine inspection of road tankers and tank containers at loading terminals

If any of the following conditions are not met, the loading operation must be stopped and the situation rectified

before loading is allowed to continue.

1. Before loading

The consignor has to ensure goods carriage has a valid registration to carry the hazardous goods.

The vehicle is equipped with necessary First-aid, Safety equipment and Antidotes.

The transporter or owner of the goods carriage has full and adequate information about the dangerous or

hazardous goods being transported.

The owner of the goods carriage should ensure that the driver holds a driving license as per provisions of the

Central Motor Vehicle Rules.

The driver of the goods carriage is to be trained during transport of such goods.

The owner of the goods carriage carrying dangerous or hazardous goods and the consignor of such goods shall

lay down the route for each trip or permitted otherwise by police authorities.

Are there any visual objections on the truck against safe driving?

For tank containers, is the tank container plate valid?

Are all 'dangerous goods' labels fitted, are the identification numbers attached.

Provide a Tremcard (Transport Emergency Card) contains details regarding the type of cargo, nature of

hazards, emergency action, the protective devices, spillage control, first aid, etc. to driver.

For road transport: is the Tremcard in all required languages on board?

Does the driver possess all the items of protective clothing and safety equipment? (as specified by the

Tremcard)

Determine the maximum payload based on :

tare weight

country of destination

transport mode

M/S. MEGHMANI




maximum filling degree

Are all the valves closed upon arrival?

Is the tank placed at the correct loading position?

Are the wheels of the tank blocked by wheel blocks or other tools?

Do all valves function correctly?

2. Whilst loading

Is the maximum degree of filling not exceeded?

3. After loading

Is the maximum gross weight not exceeded? (check by weighbridge)

Is a leakage test performed (bottom valve and end valve)?

Are all valves closed and blinded, with all bolts in place or are all dry disconnect couplings / metal caps in

place?

Are all seals or locks in place?

General actions to be taken during emergency

If possible drive out of populated areas.

Identify the cargo, refer labels, TREM Card, instructions.

In case of a major leak of highly inflammable gas/ Vapour, do not start the engine.

Order on lookers to leave the affected area.

Stop pilferage of the leaked substance, it can be dangerous.

Secure the accident area and divert traffic.

Remove affected persons for first aid.

In the event of electrical fire, isolate the battery of the vehicle.

In case of fire, inform Fire Station, avoid inhalation of fumes, and use gas masks if required.

In case of leaks, see if it can be arrested easily.

Contain small spills by covering with sand.

Avoid direct contact with skin, wash with water and use necessary protective clothing like PVC apron.

In case of contact with eyes or skin wash with plenty of water. For any major contamination, remove clothing

immediately

7.2.6 Training Rehearsal and Records

Need for Training and Rehearsal

It is important that every emergency plan, when finalized should be written down and communicated to all

concerned. After making persons aware of such plants, the plan itself should be put to test, preferably in parts, to

begin with, so that the effectiveness can be assessed and alternatives developed. After this more extensive exercise

can be conducted once a year involving outside agencies also. This will not only enable the industrial plant

personnel to enhance their speed of mobilization, but also will help the outside agencies to improve their

effectiveness in responding to emergencies.

These exercises will help to refine the procedures by identifying deficiencies and difficulties. At this stage more

elaborate exercise can be planned to involve the outside services who should be closely involved at the planning

stage services who should be closely involved at the planning stage. Each exercise should be monitored by a

member of independent observers located at various positions.

Mock Drill Records & Observation:

We will carry out mock drill and record of that will be maintained. Observation made during each mock drill will be

recorded and corrective action will be taken to correct any short fall or in action plan. Emergency plan will be

M/S. MEGHMANI




updated based on this deficiencies omissions of short comings identified during the rehearsal will be reviewed and

incorporated in the on-site emergency plan for continual updating of the plan.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 8. PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

There will be increase in some small scale businesses like tea stall, catering services/hotels, grocery, confectionery,

sweet marts, cycle shop etc. around the project area.

8.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Providing RO in households of nearby villages;

Providing solar streetlights in nearby village;

Help to needy children in the schools;

Providing drinking water to nearby villagers;

Helping Gram Panchayat in improving sanitation facilities.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

Due to establishment of the proposed project following benefits are envisaged for the locals and country:

During the construction phase around temporary employment will be created for ~250 local skilled and semi-

skilled workers. Existing MFL manpower (~570) is sufficient to operate proposed expansion unit;

The positive impacts include enhanced indirect employment opportunities for transporters;

Increasing other business opportunities for local people as there will be scope of hiring vehicle like tractors &

trolleys, bulldozers, JCB, excavators during construction and operation phase of the project.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The study area villages lie in the SEZ area of Dahej. This has impacted the lifestyle of the villagers to some extent.

The in-migration of population due to the industries has led way for the apartment system of housing that can be

easily seen in the Jolwa and Dahej villages. Local villagers giving houses on rents have added on to their incomes.

There can be seen blending of certain common attributes like food habits, common practices, lifestyle patterns,

educational preferences etc. of the rural community by coming in contact with in-migrated population in their area.

Due to the coming of the industries now there can be seen hotel/restaurant facilities available in the study area

serving all Indian cuisines like Punjabi, South Indian etc. along with traditional Gujarati Thali.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST

BENEFIT ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

No recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was given during scoping stage, hence it is not carried

out.

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during different phases of the

project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse impacts identified can be controlled through

the adoption of mitigation measures. The Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice

measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts

associated with the proposed activities.

10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the

project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery

mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of

every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which

could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of MFL and its contractors

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that MFL will implement

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

10.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Details of expected aspect due to Proposed Activities in project and its management plan are given in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan

S

No.

Expected Aspect due

to Proposed Activity Impact Zones Management Plan Responsibility

Air Environment

1

Fugitive emissions plant

operation and storage of

Coal & Limestone.

Within 100 m

from the

source.

Ensure periodic work place

monitoring of for SPM. Process Head

2 Dust generation due to

Transportation activity.

Nearby villages

& roads.

Transportation of raw materials

and finished goods will be

carried out in covered trucks.

Process Head

Water Environment

1 Effluent generation having high TDS

Inlet and Outlet characteristics of effluent at wastewater

treatment area

Effluent generated during shall be

reused in cooling tower makeup.

ETP In charge / Third Party

2 Waste water generation

from Utilities blow downs

Wastewater generation form the

utilities blow downs shall be

treated in collection tank.

3 Consumption of water

(surface) during process At Intake Point

Fresh water demand shall be

reduced by recycling and reuse of

treated water in plant premises.

Explore the possibility of

condensate recovery from the

boiler which will reduce the fresh

ETP In charge / Third Party

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


S

No.

Expected Aspect due

to Proposed Activity Impact Zones Management Plan Responsibility

water demand.

Land Environment

1

Generation of Debris and

scraps during site

preparation/ construction

Within plant

premise

Debris will be used in filling of low

lying area and scraps will be sold to

registered and authorized vendors.

Head, Civil

2 Generation of Fly Ash Within plant

premise

Fly ash will be handled & disposed

as per Fly Ash Notification. It will

be given to cement plant and brick

manufacturers

Head, Civil

3

Generation of Waste

Drums/discarded liners

and containers

Within plant

premise

Will be given to GPCB authorized

vendors Head, Civil

4

Generation of used oil

and lubricants, scraps

and used spares etc.

from Equipment

maintenance

Within plant

premise

Used oil and Lubricants will be

given to authorized refineries as

per HW rules and scraps and used

spares etc. will be given to

authorized vendors

Head process in charge

Noise Environment

1

Noise Generation due to

vehicular movement for

transportation of

construction material and

Industrial Waste

Within plant

premise

PUC Certified vehicles will be

ensured during construction and

operation phase.

Security officer

2

Noise Generation due to

operation of Cooling

towers, DM plant,

pumps, compressors,

blowers, DG sets etc.

Within plant

premise

Proper acoustic enclosures will be

provided

Head Process In charge Proper PPE like ear plugs & ear

muffs will be provided

10.3.1 Air Environment

Properly designed and appropriate air pollution control equipment will be attached to flue gas stacks. Effective

measures will be taken to control fugitive emissions. Emission control measures will be taken to ensure air emission

standards and norms are strictly followed.

The Environment Management Plan focusing on air pollution related impacts due to the project are listed in Table

10-2.

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan

S. No. Potential

Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing

1 Air Emissions

All equipment operated within specified

design parameters. (Operational phase) N/A

Duration of

programme. Any dry, dusty materials (chemicals, etc.)

shall be stored in sealed containers.

Absence of stockpiles or open

containers of dusty materials.

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.3.2 Noise Environment

Noise will be regularly monitored around plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental noise

parameters as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment to ensure that all noise

generating equipment do not generate noise in excess of the statutory norms.

All workers will be provided with required set of PPEs like earplug, earmuff etc. during construction and operation

phase activities where noise levels in excess of 80 dBA are regularly generated. For operational purpose, at design

stage, procurement of low noise equipment will be used. Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment

shall be regularly carried out to ensure that noise levels are minimized to the extent possible.

Greenbelt will be maintained around the site to reduce noise levels.

10.3.3 Water Environment

Storm Water Drainage System

All storm water drains have been designed for adequate size and slope such that there shall not be any flooding in

the site. It will be ensured that no wastewater enter into storm water drainage system.

Raw water and its source

The main source of water is surface water which is met from Dahej GIDC. Meghmani has a permission from GIDC

for raw water supply as per committed quantity. The assurance letter for water supply from the GIDC is attached as

Annexure 18.

Rain Water Harvesting Plan

The proposed expansion project is in close vicinity of sea. The groundwater quality at site and in study area is

saline because of formational properties and hence rainwater recharging will not be advisable. It is suggested to

store maximum rainwater and used for various purposes to reduce use of freshwater consumption.

Collection of Rainwater

Quantity of Rain water collected depends upon average rainfall intensity, catchment area & run-off coefficient.

For rainwater collection calculations, areas like process and storage areas, etc are excluded due to having chances

of rainwater contamination.

The nearest IMD station is Bharuch (Boarch) having maximum rainfall intensity 0.353 m/day and 0.912 m/annum.

Based on IMD data a detailed rain water availability calculation is given in Table 10-3 and Table 10-4. The area

breaks up of site is given in Table 2-2 & Table 2-3.

As per area breakup, only greenbelt and open land is consider for rainwater collection. The detailed calculations for

rainwater collection are as under:

Table 10-3: Area Breakup for Rainwater Calculations

S. No. Land Area in m2

1 Open land 88,496

2 Greenbelt 1,76,100

Total 2,64,596

Table 10-4 Rainwater Available Per Annum

Description Area in m2 Maximum rainfall intensity per

annum in m/annum

Runoff

Coefficient

Total storm water

In m3/annum

Open land 88,496 0.912 0.5 40,354.1

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


Green belt 1,76,100 0.912 0.3 32,120.6

Total available Rainwater Per Annum 72,474.7

Conclusion

Annual maximum rainwater available will be 72,474.7 KL. It is suggested to have separate storm water line to

collect rainwater and transfer it to raw water reservoir after necessary treatment to store and use maximum

available rainwater to reduce freshwater consumption.

10.3.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous waste from the existing activities includes Used Oil, ETP sludge, Discarded Drums, Containers. This

waste will be collected, stored properly and will be send to authorized TSDF or will be sell to GPCB approved

authorized vendors as per the requirement. The Non- Hazardous waste includes Fly Ash. Fly ash will be handled &

disposed as per Fly Ash Notification. It will be given to cement plant and brick manufacturers.

From the proposed project, only used oil will be generated which will be collected, stored reused as low grade

lubrication and left over quantity (if any) sold to an authorized dealer or reprocessor. Apart from the same, fly ash

will be generated which will disposed as per fly ash notification, as amended till date.

The other solid waste like organic waste from kitchen waste or garden waste will be used as manure in greenbelt

development.

10.3.5 Soil Environment

The EMP for Soil Environment is provided in Table 10-5.

Table 10-5: Soil Environment

S.

No. Potential Impact

Action Parameters for

Monitoring Parameters for Monitoring Timings

1 Soil Erosion

Level the land by cutting &

filling or by importing soil

from out side

Soil WHC & porosity

Prior to vegetation & site

clearance as well as

completion of work

2 Soil contamination Control spillage of

construction materials

EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable

sodium per cent)

Completion of

construction work

3 Soil contamination Use of ETP waste water for

landscape

EC, pH and ESP (exchangeable

sodium per cent)

Before plantation & once

in a year post monsoon

10.3.6 Ecology and Biodiversity Environment

Green Belt Development

Status of Existing Greenbelt

The existing unit already has well developed greenbelt consisting of 1,70,170 m2 (31.7%) against the 25% as per

the Existing EC (Condition No. XIII of Specific Condition of EC dated 09.08.2007). A copy of EC is attached as

Annexure 6. The existing greenbelt possess ~24,000 well developed trees consisting of 22 common species.

Although additional 6,943 m2 (1.3%) within one year will be developed.

The plantation around the periphery is shown in Photograph 3-2 and map is shown in site layout plan as shown

in Map 2-4. Existing Floral species at site are given in Table 10-6.

Table 10-6: Existing Floral species reported from Green Belt Area

S. No. Tree Name / Species Name Common Name

1 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


S. No. Tree Name / Species Name Common Name

2 Eucalyptus globulus Nilgiri

3 Azadirachta indica Neem Tree

4 Delonix regia Gulmahor

5 Pongamia pinnata Karanj

6 Ceiba pentandra Penta

7 Terminalia catappa Badam

8 Casuarina equisetifolia Saru

9 Syzygium cumini Jambu

10 Manilkara zapota Chikoo

11 Psidium guajava Guava

12 Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni

13 Lawsonia inermis Red Mahendi

14 Lawsonia inermis Green Mahendi

15 Wodyetia bifurcate Fog Tail Pam

16 Hyophorbe lagenicaulis Bottle Pam

17 Prunus dulcis Alomenda

18 Citrus limon Lemon Tree

19 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis. Jasud

20 Cycas revolute Cycus

21 Ixora coccinea Ixora

22 Ixora chinensis Chinise Exjora

Photograph 10-1: Existing Greenbelt and Landscaping Within Project Premises

Greenbelt around factory premises

Greenbelt around factory premises

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


Considering ~ 1,950 trees per hectare of greenbelt area (17.6 Ha), project area should have will have plantation of

~35,000 saplings. It is suggested to plant additional 11,000 trees as per Table 10-7 around periphery, near/

around built-up areas and along internal roads of the project area.

Table 10-7: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt and Landscaping at Various Locations

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Type Location of Plant

1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Evergreen A

2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Evergreen A,B

3 Delbergia sissoo Shesham DC, DR, FR Evergreen A,B

4 Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC Evergreen B

5 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

6 Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

7 Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Evergreen B

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas Emission (Sexena 1991)6 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)7, DC -

Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)8.

Location of Plant: A-Around built-up area and along internal road, B-on Project periphery / boundary.

Budget Allocation for Greenbelt within Project Site

Greenbelt around the project site will be developed within five years. Detailed budget break-up is given in Table

10-8.

Table 10-8: Budget for Proposed Greenbelt Development within Project Site

S.

No

Work or

Activity 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year Budget (INR)

Within Project Site, totally 10,000 saplings will be planted (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per sapling / plant)

Saplings Required 2,200 2,200 2,200 2,200 2,200 11,00,000/-

Amount 2,20,000/- 2,20,000/- 2,20,000/- 2,20,000/- 2,20,000/-

Total Budget 11,00,000/-9

Greenbelt in the LIZ (Likely Impact Zone) within 1 Km. Radius Area

Additional plantation for green belt development will be carried out in the various places (on agriculture hedges) of

LIZ to improve habitat status of the project area. This activity will be carried out as a part of conservation plan of

Schedule-I reported from the study area, so species recommended for plantation and budget allocation for same is

given in the conservation plan section.

Plantation Technique and Care

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species required approx. 1 m3

pit for soil enrichment;

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure;

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department of nursery;

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention;

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the

townships. Vaniki Prashikshan Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

7 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New

Delhi.

10 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

9 All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be burned by client / proponent.

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done daily in monsoon and once in 2

days in other seasons for a period of two years.

Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding

and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth

stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.

Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and

maintained by the agency.

Biodiversity / Ecological Monitoring

Since the identified impact zone area supports Schedule-I species i.e. Peacock; population of these species will be

monitored. Every year, status survey of these species will be conducted and report will be submitted to the local

forest department. Survival rate of the plantation should be monitored within project boundary (core zone) as well

as other plantation carried out in the LIZ area.

Conservation Plan for schedule-I Species

Conservation plan will be prepared to enhance the population status of this Schedule species as well as overall

improvement of biodiversity which will be implemented in consultation of “Local Farmers and State Forest

Department”.

Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) Description

LIZ area includes five water bodies and has been reported with Schedule-I species i.e. Peacock.

Selection of Plant Species

All the facts considered for species selection are same as facts considered for within project site.

Habitat Improvement through Plantation in LIZ

In identified LIZ area, plantation as per Table 10-9 will be carried out on the agriculture hedges.

Table 10-9: List of plant species for plantation in LIZ Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Ecological performance Locations

1 Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC

Agriculture Hedges

2 Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC

3 Delbergia sissoo Shisham DC, DR, FR

4 Delonix regia Gulmohar DC

5 Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad CN, DC

6 Ficus religiosa Peepal CN, OGE, DC

7 Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC

8 Terminalia catappa Desi Badam CN, OGE, DC

Ecological performance: CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena 1991)10 and (Abbasi & Khan 2000)11, DC -

Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)12.

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 Saxena, V.S. 1991. Afforestation as a tool for environmental improvement. In: Executive development program on greening the

townships. Vaniki Prashikshan Sansthan, Jaipur. Pp 13-44.

11 Greenbelts for Pollution Control: Concepts, Design, Applications. 2000. Abbasi, S.A. and F.I. Khan. Discovery Publishing House, New

Delhi.

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


The details of budget allocated for additional greenbelt, habitat improvement and conservation of threatened

species of the study area is provided in Table 10-10.

Table 10-10: Budget for Additional Greenbelt / Habitat Improvement Programme

S N Work or Activity 1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year 5th year Budget (INR)

1 Plantation on agriculture hedges will be carried out up to five years (Approx. Cost @ Rs. 100 per plant).

Saplings Required 500 500 500 500 500 2,50,000/-

Amount 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000

Total Budget 2,50,000/-

(Two Lakhs Fifty Thousand Rupees)13

10.3.7 Concept of Waste Minimization, Recycle, Reuse / Recovery

Waste Minimization

Debris and Excavated Soil:

The excavated soil and debris generated during the construction phase will be used for filling up low lying areas.

Cleaner Production Measures

The maximum utilization of imported coal.

Working area should be impervious to protect the soil contamination.

The vessels/storage tanks/storage drums, etc. should be closed properly.

Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly.

Checking of all joints/flanges/mechanical equipment should be done at regular interval.

Maintenance of all equipments and utilities should be done at periodical interval.

In case of any spillage/leakages etc. in process and packaging are to be separately collected and disposed off

instead of allowing these to effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment

system.

Rain water harvesting system which will be reused for the gardening within premises therefore, overall fresh

water requirement will be reduced.

Recycle / Reuse and Resource recovery

Water Conservation steps

Exploring the condensate recovery from the boiler.

Reuse of treated sewage from STP for Gardening.

Use of drip irrigation/sprinkling system for green belt development, which will reduce the fresh water demand

Adopting Rain water harvesting methods. Refer Section 10.3.3.

Employees will be trained to avoid wastage of water and use water effectively and an environment will be

developed within the plant premises by also pacing sign boards for conserving water at various locations.

Energy Conservation

Regular energy conservation initiatives are taken to reduce energy consumption.

Major initiatives being installation of VFD’s;

Arresting steam leakage from turbine balance piston;

Installation of additional air pre-heater;

--------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 Phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing plant species. Published 2007 by Central

Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India in Delhi.

13 All other costs like labor, soil filling dressing, irrigation etc. costs will be burned by client / proponent.

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


Anti-friction ceramic based coating on wetted part of cooling water pumps.

Natural Resource Conservation

Adopting Rain water harvesting methods. Refer Section 10.3.3.

Development of greenbelt area. Refer Section 10.3.6.

10.3.8 Environmental Management Cell

MFL is having a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large. Environment management cell will be

headed by a senior manager supported by managers and other supporting staff which shall perform the following

functions:

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management;

Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database;

Analyze the data and decide thrust area;

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area;

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental problems;

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information;

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.

Generic hierarchy of Environment Management Cell is shown in Figure 10-1.

Figure 10-1: Hierarchy of Environment Management Cell

M/S. MEGHMANI



MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.3.9 Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms

Reporting mechanism of Non-Compliance / Violations of Environmental Norms to the Board of Directors is given in

Figure 10-2.

Figure 10-2: Reporting Mechanism

M/S. MEGHMANI

FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM

65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

This executive summary summarizes the findings of the EIA study undertaken as per SEAC’s ToR letter

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(d)/1258/2017 dated 30.11.2017 in accordance with the EIA guidelines. The summary is intended

to provide an overview of the key environmental issues and also list the measures recommended to attenuate the

impacts and manage the mitigating measures.

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.1.1 Company and Project Proponent

Proposed expansion unit of Meghmani Finechem Limited (MFL) is promoted by Shri Maulik Jayantibhai Patel and

Shri Kaushal Ashish Soparkar. Meghmani group is a leading group of India operating in a range of diversified

industries viz. Pigments, Agro Chemicals, Dyestuffs and Caustic Chlorine.

11.1.2 Proposed Project

Existing Capacity

MFL is currently manufacturing products as mentioned in Table 11-1 at their existing facility.

Table 11-1: List of Existing Products

S.

No. Products Capacity (MTPM) As per EC / CTE / CC&A

A Chlor - Alkali Units

1

Caustic Soda 16,800 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

OR

Caustic Soda 15,000 CC&A Amendment, dated 24.06.2016 issued vide Letter

No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/360636 Caustic Potash 1,800

2 Chlorine Gas 14,885 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

3 Hydrogen Gas 420 EC: J-11011/06/2007-IA II(I) dated 09.08.2007

4 78 % Dilute Sulphuric Acid 653 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

5 30 % Hydrochloric Acid 7,583 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

6 Sodium Hypochlorite 1,458 EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

7 Hydrogen Peroxide 1,200* CTE Amendment, dated 01.05.2017 issued vide Letter

No. GPCB/BRCH-B-CCA-1233(4)/ID-32979/411050

B Synthetic Organic Units

1 Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde Alcohol 200** EC: J-11011/259/2011 – IA dated 12.09.2012

* Not being produced at the site as on date, construction work going on, accordingly CC&A will be amended.

** Not being produced at the site as on date, accordingly CC&A is already amended on 24.06.2016.

For the existing products EC/CTE/CC&A is already received.

Certified Compliance report of the EC is also provided by RO, MOEF&CC (Bhopal).

Proposed Capacity

The proposed project is for Expansion in Power Plant capacity from 65 MW to 132 MW at GIDC Dahej, Bharuch,

Gujarat. Phase-wise two Power Plants of 33.5 MW capacity will be installed. The capacity for the existing and

proposed power plant is tabulated in Table 11-2.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Table 11-2: Existing and Proposed Capacities – Power Plant

S.

No. Particular Unit

Existing

Capacity

Proposed

Additional Capacity

Total After

Expansion

1 Power Plant MW 65 67 132

2 Steam (including process & power) TPH 290 360 650

The proposed project falls under 1(d), Thermal Power Plant ‘Project or Activities’ listed within the Category to the

EIA Notification dated September 14th, 2006 (amended till date). This project is classified as Category “B” project.

MFL has also applied for Environment Clearance for Expansion of Existing products and new product manufacturing

from MoEF&CC having File No. J-11011/13/2014-IA II(I) from MoEF&CC. As the power plant capacity is less than

500 MW, MFL has seeked environment clearance from SEIAA, Gujarat.

11.1.3 Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot No.: CH-1/CH-2, GIDC Dahej, Taluka: Vagra, District: Bharuch, Gujarat,

admeasuring an area of 53.347 hectares (5,33,470 m2). Plot area of the proposed power plant consists of 3,702 m2.

The project falls within the Notified Industrial Estate, Petro Chemical and Petroleum Industrial Region (PCPIR),

developed by GIDC, for which Environmental Clearance is received vide F. No. 21-49/2010-IA-III dated 14th

September 2017. It is categorized as chemical zone for setting up Chemical Industries.

11.1.4 Project Cost

The estimated project cost would be ~ INR 230 Crore.

11.1.5 Raw Materials and Source

Main raw material for Power Plant is Imported Coal which will be sourced from Open market within Dahej, mainly

from Adani.

11.1.6 Utilities

The estimated list of utilities required for the project is as given in Table 11-3.

Table 11-3: List of Utilities

S.

No. Utitlties Unit Existing Proposed Total Source

1

Auxillary Power to

operate power

plant

MW 1.65 1.70 3.35

DGVCL / Existing unit (standby back-up

supply for emergency conditions & safe

shutdown of power plant in case of main

power failure).

2 Water KLD 5,633 3,873 9,506 GIDC Reservoir

3

Manpower

a) Construction

b) Operation

Nos a) –

b) 570

a) 250

b) –

a) 250

b) 570

Local skilled and semi-skilled workers will be

engaged during construction phase. Existing

manpower is sufficient to operate proposed

expansion units.

11.1.7 Process

The Imported Coal (~4,200 Kcal/Kg GCV) will be fed to furnace of the CFBC Boilers (2 x 180 TPH) through feeders

from the Coal storage. Coal will be mixed with Limestone to reduce SOx emission. This mix will be fired in the

furnace by means of FD-Fan air. The saturated steam is generated in the Boiler drum and passed to the Primary,

Secondary & final super heaters to get the superheated steam @ 535°C & 109 ata from the Boilers. The

superheated steam is fed to the Steam Turbine and it rotates the steam Turbine which is coupled with Generators (

2 Nos). The power of 67 MW will be generated in the Generators and distributed in house. Flue gas shall meet the

M/S. MEGHMANI




statutory norms. To comply emission norms, necessary dosing of lime stone shall be done via feeder. Design of

ESPs will be as per the state government norms and MoEF&CC Guidelines / standards.

11.1.8 Waste Water

Steam condensate will be recycled back into the process. There will not be any generation of process effluent.

Boiler blow down will be directly used for cooling tower make up water while other effluents will be collected into

collection tank where pH correction will be carried out if required. Then the treated wastewater will be used for

dust suppression, in coal handling and & in existing ash handling unit. Thus, zero effluent discharge criteria for new

power plant will be met. Rest of the effluent from other plants will be treated in existing ETP and will be disposed

to GIDC Drain after meeting the GPCB effluent discharge norms.

11.1.9 Air Emissions

Due to the proposed project following types of air emissions are envisaged:

Point Source: SPM, SO2 & NOx from flue gas stacks;

Area Source: SPM emissions from coal stock piles;

Line Source: Vehicular emissions like SPM, CO & HC’s from exhaust of the vehicles;

Fugitive emissions from coal handling & storage are envisaged.

11.1.10 Hazardous and Other Solid Wastes

The following solid / hazardous wastes will be generated during operations:

Hazardous Waste: Used Oil;

Non-Hazardous Waste: Fly Ash;

Domestic Solid Waste: Paper and Food waste;

Small amounts of E-waste and scrap.

These will be managed as per the applicable Rules, mainly, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, Storage and

Transboundary) Rules 2016, as amended till date.

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

11.2.1 Study Period and Area

Baseline environmental study was carried out in December 2016 – February 2017 (Winter Season) within 10 Km

radius of the project site. Secondary data, not older than three years, was also used.

Air monitoring was carried out at 8 locations. Noise monitoring was carried out at 5 locations. Surface water

samples from 8 locations including ponds and estuary were collected, ground water samples from 8 location

Borewells/ Openwells and soil samples from 6 locations were collected and analyzed.

11.2.2 Land use and Land cover

There are around 45 major industries in the study area. Land use of study area has been broadly covered by

Vegetation cover (~29.2%), Wasteland (19.3 %), Agricultural land (~16.3%), Water Bodies (16.1%), Habitation

(~6.2%), Forest Area (1.5%) and Others like salt pans, grass cover & creek as (11.6%).

The crops cultivated in the study area are cotton, Castor Chillies and Wheat are grown in this region.

11.2.3 Meteorology

Based on the long-term climatological tables as per Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) for Broach (Bharuch)

(Station ID: 42841), during winter season, the maximum & minimum temperature recorded are 33.5°C & 11.3°C

M/S. MEGHMANI




respectively. The mean hourly relative humidity recorded during morning, remains between 64 – 74% and in the

evening, remains between and 34 – 44%. Pre-dominant wind direction is from NE (48.5%).

Site specific meteorological data was collected by installing automatic meteorological station at roof top of SEZ

office, which is ~ 8.30 Km in W direction from the project site.

Maximum and Minimum temperature were recorded as 36.7°C (in the month of April) & 15.2°C (in the month of

January) respectively. Mornings are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from 78 – 86% in

monsoon mornings to 34 – 43% in winter evenings. Average wind speed was 3.1 m/sec & Predominant wind

direction was from NE to SW direction (27%) direction.

11.2.4 Ambient Air Quality

It is noted from Table 11-4 that maximum PM10 results exceeds NAAQS at all locations except near forest area and

salt pan and maximum PM2.5 results exceeds NAAQS at Vadadala Crossing which could be due to:

Vehicular movement on the “kaccha” roads of the villages;

Industrial & infrastructure development activities in study area (PCPIR & residential projects);

Rural activities like burning of cow dung for household purposes like using it in “chullas”.

Table 11-4: Ambient Air Quality Data

Station

code

All stations are in


Rural & Other Areas

(CPCB)




PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

100 [24 Hours] 60 [24 Hours] 80 [24 Hours] 80 [24 Hours]

AA1 At Project Site

Maximum 110 63 15.6 36.5

Minimum 50 21 8.0 10.6

Average 74 30 9.5 18.0

AA2 At GLC Area

Maximum 102 57 13.6 28.5

Minimum 58 21 <8.0 15.6

Average 77 27 9.2 19.9

AA3 At Vadadla Village

Maximum 112 50 9.8 21.4

Minimum 54 21 <8.0 13.0

Average 86 35 8.3 17.1

AA4 At Vadadla Crossing

Maximum 123 63 14.6 36.5

Minimum 52 25 <8.0 16.2

Average 96 38 10.0 24.5

AA5 Nr. Salt Pan Area

Maximum 68 32 10.2 28.6

Minimum 42 15 <8.0 10.2

Average 57 25 8.2 16.5

AA6 Nr. Forest Area

Maximum 72 37 9.1 21.7

Minimum 47 22 <8.0 <10

Average 63 29 8.2 17.2

M/S. MEGHMANI




Station

code

All stations are in


Rural & Other Areas

(CPCB)




PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

100 [24 Hours] 60 [24 Hours] 80 [24 Hours] 80 [24 Hours]

AA7 At Vav Village

Maximum 107 27 10.4 25.3

Minimum 26 6 8.0 14.7

Average 68 16 8.8 19.4

98%tile 105 27 10.2 25.1

AA8 At Jolwa

Maximum 102 25 10.3 23.4

Minimum 17 8 8.0 14.7

Average 61 18 8.9 18.6

11.2.5 Existing Stack Emissions

Samples from existing stacks were collected and analyzed. It was found that all the parameters as prescribed in

their valid CTO were within the prescribed standards. Monitoring results were compared with monthly monitoring

reports by MFL, Latest Audit Report and past GPCB’s monitoring data. No abnormal emissions were reported in

secondary data.

11.2.6 Traffic Survey

Traffic Survey was carried out on SH – 6 in S direction of the proposed site, road connecting site to Dahej &

Bharuch on 14th July, 2017. As per IRC:106-1990, the road width of this road is 15 meters, which is a 3 Lane (One

Way) Arterial Road.

Average peak hourly traffic on this route is 531 and 570 PCU respectively.

11.2.7 Noise

Noise level during day time and night time, in Industrial area was observed within the CPCB standards i.e. industrial

area (75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)). Noise level during daytime and night time, in Residential area was observed within

the CPCB standards i.e. residential area (55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)). Noise results are mentioned in Table 11-5.

Table 11-5: Noise Monitoring Results

Location

Code Location

Date of

Monitoring

Category

Area/Zone



NL1 Nr Security gate 15.02.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 65.2 55.9

NL2 At project site

(NW) 15.02.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 64.7 56.0

NL3 Near Cooling

Tower 16.02.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 72.5 64.5

NL4 Near Utility area 16.02.17 Industrial 75.0 70.0 71.3 62.7

NL5 Vadadala village 18.02.17 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4

M/S. MEGHMANI




11.2.8 Surface Water and Ground Water Quality

Surface Water Quality

Based on the results mentioned in Table 11-8 & Table 11-9, surface water quality of the study area is

summarized in Table 11-6.

Table 11-6: Surface Water Quality in Study Area - Summary


Sampling Source

Distance

from

Project Site

in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project

Site

Results Higher than Permissible

Limits

SW 1 Jolwa 20.01.2017 Pond 3.6 ESE BOD, Chlorides

SW 2 Vav 20.01.2017 Pond 4.5 NE BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness

SW 3 Kadodara 20.01.2017 Pond 3.5 NE BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness

SW 4 Wadadla 20.01.2017 Pond 1.8 ENE BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness

SW 5 Dahej 20.01.2017 Pond 2.6 WSW BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness

SW 6 Rahiyad 20.01.2017 Pond 6.4 ESE BOD, Total Hardness, Mg++ Hardness

SW 7 Narmada River

(D/s) nr. Ambeta 20.01.2017 Estuary 4.3 SSW

Class SW-I as per coastal water marine

standards SW 8

Narmada River

(U/s) nr. Koliyad 20.01.2017 Estuary 9.1 ESE

Ground Water Quality

Based on the results mentioned in Table 11-10, ground water quality of the study area is summarized in Table

11-7.

Table 11-7: Ground Water Quality in Study Area - Summary

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project Site

Results Higher than Permissible Limits

GW 1 Jolwa Bore well 06.02.2017 1.57 SW TDS, Fluoride

GW 2 Vadadla Bore well 06.02.2017 3.01 West TDS

GW 3 Vav Bore well 06.02.2017 3.42 NW TDS

GW 4 Galenda Bore well 06.02.2017 2.12 NE -

GW 5 Atali Bore well 06.02.2017 4.16 E TDS

GW 6 Rahiyad Bore well 06.02.2017 3.00 SE TDS

GW 7 Lakhigam Bore well 06.02.2017 7.00 SW -

GW 8 Dahej Bore well 06.02.2017 3.00 SW TDS

11.2.9 Soil

It is observed from the Table 11-11, that at different locations:

The porosity ranged from 55 - 61% and water holding capacity varied from 52.40 - 62.30%;

The permeability ranged from 2.24 - 10.7 mm/hr;

The EC of soil ranged from 0.140 - 0.808 dS/m;

The pH of soil ranged from 7.63 - 8.36;

Among water soluble cations predominance of sodium was seen followed by Ca, Mg and K;

Soil texture in all the soil samples was silty clay- clay loam, hence whatever variation observed was mainly due

to variation in organic matter content of soils.

M/S. MEGHMANI FINECHEM LTD. DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR EXPANSION IN POWER PLANT CAPACITY FROM 65 MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


Table 11-8: Surface Water (River) Analysis Results

S.

No. Parameters Unit

Classification of Water Sample Details

SW1 (Jolva) SW2 (Vav) SW3 (Kadodara) SW4 (Vadadla) SW5 (Dahej) SW6 (Rahiyad)

A B C D E Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond

20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.36 7.29 7.29 7.43 7.33 7.75

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 NS 3.8 3.6 4.2 3.2 3.9 7.75

3 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 NS 1500 NS 2100 1,352 568 812 720 324 776

4 Electrical Conductivity μmhos/cm NS NS NS 1000 2250 2122 686 1092 1035 548 984

5 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 NS NS 13 10 20 8 12 15

6 Total Hardness mg/l 300 NS NS NS NS 200 320 320 320 270 380

7 Ca++ Hardness mg/l 200 NS NS NS NS 188 194 100 80 114 92

8 Mg++ Hardness mg/l 100 NS NS NS NS 12 126 220 240 156 288

9 Copper mg/l 1.5 NS 1.5 NS NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

10 Iron mg/l 0.3 NS 50 NS NS <0.1 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3

11 Manganese mg/l 0.5 NS NS NS NS <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

12 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NS 600 NS 600 692 102 270 251 86 211

13 Sulphates mg/l 400 NS 400 NS 1000 70 64 57 60 15 46

14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NS 50 NS NS 13.6 13.9 23.35 9.28 11.85 5.5

15 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 NS NS 0.79 0.74 0.83 0.75 0.36 0.39

16 Phenolic Compound mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

17 Mercury mg/l 0.001 NS NS NS NS <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

18 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 NS 0.01 NS NS <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

19 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NS NS <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

20 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

21 Lead mg/l 0.1 NS 0.1 NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

22 Zinc mg/l 15 NS 15 NS NS <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

23 Chromium mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 NS NS <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

24 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26 10.29 0.59 2.64 4.27 0.39 0.33

25 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 NS NS 170 78 330 110 170 170

NS: Not Specified, NR: No Relaxation



Table 11-9: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Samples

S.

No. Parameters Unit

Classification for Coastal Water Marine (CPCB)

Sampling Locations

SW7 SW8

Narmada Estuary

(D/s)

Nr. Ambetha

Narmada Estuary

(U/s)

Nr. Koliyad SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.55 7.73

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.0

3 Colour and Odour - No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

No Colour

No Odour

4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 - None None

5 Suspended Solids mg/l None from Sewage or Industrial waste Origin - - - - 30 27

6 Turbidity NTU - 30 30 - - 2.5 2.3

7 BOD mg/l - 3 - 5 - 4 5

8 Oil and Grease

(including Petroleum Products) mg/l 0.1 - - - - <0.4 <0.4

9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.001 <0.001

10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.01 <0.01

11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 - - - - <0.001 <0.001

12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.1 <0.1

13 Dissolved Manganese ( as Mn) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.04 <0.04

14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) - 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 310 170

15 Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse floating Solids, Oil Grease and Scum - - - - - None except for treated Sewage and Industrial waste Effluent None None

Table 11-10: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples


S. No. Parameters Unit IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

Acceptable limit Permissible limit Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.32 7.70 7.45 7.50 7.55 7.67 7.98 7.88

2 Temperature oC - - 30 29 29 29 29 29 30 30

3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2,000 1,132 656 812 384 1,168 1,028 274 845

5 Electrical conductivity µmho/cm - - 1,900 1,214 1,324 710 2,200 1,812 415 1,417

6 COD mg/lit - - <2 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <2 <2

7 BOD mg/lit - - <4 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <4 <4

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1,000 453 169 256 67 333 362 72 265

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 34 183 115 3 182 123 4 67

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 600 290 180 220 340 350 480 200 340

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - - 176 26 64 72 136 108 54 70

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - - 114 154 156 268 155 170 146 270

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 110 180 130 140 150 180 240 220

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 38.87 3.5 23.8 23.8 73.9 58.0 9.66 38.1




S. No. Parameters Unit IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8

Acceptable limit Permissible limit Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 2.27 0.93 1.33 0.41 0.70 0.79 0.71 0.71

17 Sodium mg/lit - - 221.7 75 165 15.4 214 235 35.2 132.4

18 Potassium mg/lit - - 11.3 10 15.6 23.6 16.5 10 7.80 15.6

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 70.54 10.4 128.2 28.8 54.5 43.3 21.64 28.06

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 27.7 37.4 37.9 65.1 52.0 90.4 35.48 65.61

21 Salinity mg/lit - - 816.65 304 460 122 599 651 130.32 477.83

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit 0.5 NR 8.94 0.79 4.70 4.42 17.45 13.96 2.39 8.96

23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit - - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit - - 2.7 4.0 3.2 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.3 2.9

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26 SAR - - - 5.64 2.4 3.28 0.36 3.6 3.36 1.08 3.11

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.01 <0.01

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.05 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.05 <0.05

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.03 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.03 <0.03

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR <0.05 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.05 <0.05

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable


29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100ml Shall not be detectable




Table 11-11: Soil Analysis Results

S.

No Parameter Unit

Sampling Locations

S1

Jolwa

S2

Vav

S3

Vadadala

S4

Galenda

S5

Atali

S6

Rahiyad

1 Porosity % 56 56 59 60 61 60

2 Water Holding Capacity % 55.20 61.30 62.30 52.40 60.80 57.36

3 Permeability mm/hr. 7.4 9.44 10.7 2.24 2.55 1.33

4 Particle Size Distribution -

a Sand % 36.00 27.00 23.00 25.00 28.00 26.00

b Clay % 29.00 32.00 36.00 12.00 12.00 21.00

c Silt % 35.00 41.00 41.00 63.00 60.00 53.00

6 Texture - Clay loam Clay loam Clay loam Silty loam Silty loam Silty loam

7 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 36.00 42.00 47.00 40.00 34.00 42.00

8 Electrical Conductivity μmhos/cm 285 140 294 800 265 281

9 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) - 1.32 1.06 1.73 3.08 0.31 0.32

10 Exchangeable sodium % 0.69 0.31 1.28 3.17 <0.1 <0.1

11 pH - 8.10 7.87 8.36 7.85 7.72 7.63

12 Calcium gm/kg 0.46 0.85 0.32 0.52 0.43 0.72

13 Magnesium gm/kg 0.25 0.21 0.29 0.41 0.42 0.39

14 Sodium gm/kg 0.64 0.60 0.80 1.74 0.17 0.19

15 Potassium gm/kg 0.10 0.12 0.10 0.16 0.36 0.16

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


11.2.10 Biological Environment

Project Site / Core Zone

As a part of terrestrial biodiversity study, Project Site has well developed greenbelt reported with 22 common

species of flora / plants. This includes Subabul, Nilgiri, Neem, Gulmohar, Karanj, Penta, Badam, Saru, Jambu,

Chickoo, Mehendi, Guvava, Jasud, Cycus, Pam, Saptaparmi etc. Among faunal diversity, no herpetofauna has been

reported. Among avifauna only 4 common species of birds which includes Cattle Egret, Common Babbler, House

Crow and Red-vented Bulbul were reported from the project site. No direct or indirect evidences of mammals were

reported from the site.

Study Area / Buffer Zone

As a part of terrestrial biodiversity study, buffer zone has been reported with 155 floral species, which includes 53

species of trees (25 families), 30 species of Shrubs (21 families), 50 species of herbs (27 families), 8 species of

grasses (one family) and 14 species of climbers (6 families). Among faunal diversity overall 8 herpetofaunal species

which includes Common garden lizard, Common rat snake, Common Indian Monitor, Yellow-Green House Gecko,

Fan-Throated Lizard, Spectacled Cobra, Russell’s Viper, and Common Indian Krait known by their common names

have been reported. Among mammals, total 9 species from six families which includes Common Langur, Indian Fox,

Jungle cat, Common Mongoose, Indian Hare, Indian field mouse, Black rat, Five striped Palm squirrel and Nilgai

have been reported. Among butterflies, total 6 (six) species which includes Stripped Tiger, Danaid egg fly, Common

bush brown, Common Mormon, Common Grass yellow and White orange tip were reported.

Major crops grown are Tuver Wheat and Cotton, among vegetables Rigan, Tomato and Val, Valpapadi are grown,

and horticulture activity is very less it includes Keri, Chikoo, Papaya and Banana.

Among Fishery Bombay duck constitutes the dominant fishery (13%) of the region.

Mangrove flora is dominated by Avicennia marina and Rhizophora mucronata. Healthy growth of mangroves has

been reported from the banks of Ban Khadi and Ghugar Khadi. Halophytes like Sueda maritima and Salichornia

brachyata are very common in the coastal area.

Marine biodiversity study shows that, buffer zone supports 16 nos. of phytoplankton and zooplankton genera.

11.2.11 Socio-Economic Environment

Social studies were carried out within the study area. Brief highlights are as follows:

Population and its distribution: There are 21 villages, with a total population of 40,501 persons and 9,432

households;

Sex Ratio: The total population of male is 22,944 and female population is 17,557;

Scheduled Caste & Scheduled tribe: SC population is 4.4 %, total ST population is 20.3% of the total

population.

Literacy rate: Average literacy rate is 74.35%;

Educational Facilities: Primary schools are available in all the villages; the highest educational facility available

is till Secondary school;

Medical facilities: Medical facilities are limited. Apart from Dahej most of the villages are devoid of the health

facilities. Primary Health Centre is present only in the Dahej village;

Drinking water: Well and tank facilities are sufficiently present in villages but the water requirement of the

village is not adequately supported because of it being saline unsuitable for the drinking purpose;

Household facility: Out of the 41 household survey done 18 were having Pucca houses, 7 Semi Pacca, 45

Kutcha where as 1 house was shanty;

Transportation Facility: The study area is well connected with road, the nearest railway station is Bharuch and

Dahej;

M/S. MEGHMANI




Power supply is available in all villages;

Economic Profile: Bulk of the population falls in the daily wage earner category working in as agricultural labour

or in the private companies as the contractual labour 6.8% of the population were having stationary, grocery,

tea stalls etc., 2.7% of the population were earning from the livestock being an industrial area most of the

people as contractual labor in GIDC.

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

11.3.1 Air Environment

Dispersion modeling (using “AERMOD” modelling software) was carried out for point and area sources only.

This indicates:

Maximum Incremental GLC’s for PM10, SO2 & NOx remain within 750 m from the project site;

Air impacts are not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the

project site.

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

Adequate height of at least 65 m will be provided as per the statutory requirements;

Well-designed ESP having alteast 99.9 % efficiency will be provided to control PM emissions;

Limestone dosing in CFBC Boilers will be done to achieve sulphur reduction efficiency of atleast 95.8%;

Since the proposed technology is of CFBC, temperature will be controlled to prevent NOX generation;

Online sensors for SPM, SO2 & NOx will be provided with flue gas stacks which will be attached to CPCB & GPCB

servers;

Regular Work place monitoring will be done;

CAAQMS will be placed near admin building;

Adequate Bag filters will be installed in ash handling unit & coal yard;

Effective water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if

required);

Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;

Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use will be ensured.

11.3.2 Traffic

From the proposed project, ~100 trucks per day carrying coal, limestone, fly ash, etc. will be using the state

highway (SH-6) connecting Bharuch and Dahej, i.e. additional 22 PCU’s will be required. Based on the traffic survey

conducted on this road, it is noted:

Average peak hourly traffic on this route is 531 and 570 PCU respectively;

As per IRC, carrying capacity of this approach road is 3,600 PCU;

Thus, the maximum PCU on the road will be 553 (Bharuch to Dahej) and 592 (Dahej to Bharuch).

Thus, the road is capable of carrying the excess traffic due to the proposed expansion.

11.3.3 Noise Environment

Using “SoundPLAN” Modelling software, due to the proposed activities it is predicted that 0.2 dB will be

increased during the day and 0.3 dB during the night in Industrial & Residential area.

This increase is negligible considering that the minimum noticeable increase by a human ear is 0.5 dB hence it

can be concluded that due to noise generated from the proposed project there will not be any impact on the

surrounding area.

M/S. MEGHMANI




11.3.4 Water Environment

Ground water is not abstracted for any plant activities since the water supply will be available on continuous and

uninterrupted basis from GIDC. The plant will be paved, therefore the likelihood of contaminants entering

groundwater and harming the same is improbable (i.e. unlikely).

The overall impact on surface water quality will be negligible by taking following precautionary measures:

Coal yard will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-off contamination.

Maximum condensate will be recovered from the boiler to reduce the fresh water demand;

Rain water harvesting will be adopted for the conservation of water;

Regular maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure smooth operation;

No discharge of untreated waste water on land;

Zero effluent discharge criteria for new power plant will be met. Rest of the effluent from other plants will be

treated in existing ETP and will be disposed to GIDC Drain after meeting the GPCB effluent discharge norms.

Separate drains for storm water and effluent will be provided for proposed expansion project to avoid any

contamination of surface water sources;

All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds & dyke walls to avoid run-

off contamination during rainy season.

11.3.5 Biological Environment

Since the proposed project is located within the existing factory premises there will be no significant or permanent

impact on the habitat structure of associated faunal diversity.

The existing unit already has well developed greenbelt consisting of 1,70,170 m2 (31.71%) against the 25% as per

the Existing EC (Condition No. XIII of Specific Condition of EC dated 09.08.2007). The existing greenbelt possess

~24,000 well developed trees consisting of 22 common species. Although additional 6,943 m2 (1.29%) of green

belt and additional 10,000 trees will be planted. Every year survival rate of the plantation within project site will be

monitored and accordingly greenbelt will be maintained.

As the emissions from the plant will be regulated and minimal with respect to the specified norms, and with a very

healthy existing developed greenbelt at the site in the form of several species, the biological environment will be

protected.

11.3.6 Land Environment

The land use pattern of the project site will not get affected since it is within factory premises. Mitigation measures

for conserving land use and land cover will include the following:

The vegetation cover clearing will only be done on which construction will take place;

Reuse of earth material generated during excavation will be done;

Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be done;

Fly ash will be given to cement manufacturer, brick manufacturing unit and for road construction;

Storage areas for hazardous waste, fuel & raw material will be impervious and will be designed to prevent

Leachate penetration;

Generated hazardous wastes during project operation will be transported to an authorized TSDF operator.

11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment

While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to surrounding population, the

upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local people.

M/S. MEGHMANI




Focused ESC activities & ESC Cost

The focused ESC activities are Educational activities, Health Care Services, Housing & Sanitation Waste, Water

facilities and recharge/ Harvesting, drinking water, Infrastructure facilities and Infrastructure Development. ESC

expenditure of ~ INR 11.50 Crore for initial 5 years is proposed.

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Various environmental parameters to be monitored are tabulated in Table 11-12.

Table 11-12: Summary of Environment Monitoring Plan

S.

No.

Environmental Component /

Parameter

Frequency of

monitoring Location

1 PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx in ambient air. Continuous (Online) Near Admin Building.

2 PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx in ambient air. Monthly 3 Locations within site (Near ETP, Canteen &

Main Lab)

3 Noise levels Monthly Two locations (Plant area & Utilities area)

4 Flow (Quantity) Continuous (Online) GIDC Inlet & at Final disposal point into GIDC

Drain

5 pH & TOC Continuous (Online) Final disposal point into GIDC Drain

6 TDS, SS, COD & BOD Monthly ETP Outlet

7 DO, TDS, SS, COD Daily ETP Outlet

9 Quantity of Hazardous waste generated During Dispatch of Trucks

(Once/Twice in a month) Main Gate

10 Soil analysis for EC, pH, permeability

and ESP

Pre & post monsoon / in

the event of accidental

spillage

At Site

11.4.1 Environmental Monitoring, Management Cost

Environmental monitoring and management cost is estimated as total capital cost of ~INR 9.9 Crore and recurring

expenditure of ~ INR 1.4 Crore per annum.

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.5.1 Risk Assessment

During operation of the proposed power plant, following activities can pose hazards and risk to human and

surrounding environment:

Storage of Coal;

Contact with hazardous chemicals.

Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios were not considered due to the following reasons:

Proposed project is for expansion of 67 MW power plant, which only requires coal & limestone, which are non-

hazardous. All other hazardous chemicals handled at site were already considered in previous EIA studies;

Auxillary power will be sourced from existing power plant / grid. Thus, no DG sets are proposed for startup of

proposed unit;

On the basis of chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating conditions and total inventory

etc., it is noted that in the proposed power plant project, there are no such storage of flammable raw materials

which can lead to uncontrolled release of hazardous material causing hazard.

M/S. MEGHMANI




As a general practice, following mitigation measures will be taken to reduce the risk of workers and staff:

Mitigation Measures

Spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health problem;

Off-site & Onsite emergency plan will be followed to tackle any emergency situation for proposed facilities;

Medical checkup will be carried out at an regular intervals;

During site preparation appropriate PPEs will be provided to site workers and staff members;

During operations, appropriate PPEs like Safety Goggles, Hand gloves, Clothing etc. will be provided.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

During the construction phase around ~250 local skilled and semi-skilled workers will be employed and Existing

manpower (~570) is sufficient to operate proposed expansion unit;

The positive impacts include enhanced indirect employment opportunities for transporters;

Other tangible benefits include development of various ancillary activities which shall generate indirect

employment to the locals.

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources is already in place to

discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory compliance, pollution

prevention, environmental monitoring, etc.

EMP for suggested mitigation measures and monitoring plan will include:

Provision of SOPs and Emergency Response Procedures will be ensured;

Deploying experienced EHS head who will directly provide the status report to director on daily basis;

Proper inventory accounting & monthly review of non-compliances by plant head;

Monitoring for compliance of statutory conditions by EHS head;

Internal audit of hazardous waste storage area as per ISO system;

Timely submission of Form 5, Environment Audit Report, Hazardous waste manifest, Compliance of show cause

/ closure notice issued by regulatory authorities, etc.

Sufficient funds towards capital cost and recurring cost per annum will be provided and ensured that it is not

diverted for any other purpose.

11.8 CONCLUSION

The proposed power plant is required to cater to the captive power & steam requirement. The aim of the project is

to reduce dependency on the grid, thus reducing project and manufacturing costs. Based on the EIA study, the

following highlight emerges:

Land is available for setting up proposed plants within their existing premises;

No change in land use is envisaged;

Project has various locational benefits like availability of coal from nearby region;

Safety and environmental norms will be followed;

Recycle & Reuse scheme will be implemented to reduce water consumption;

Provision of air pollution control equipment, will lead to minimum adverse environmental impacts;

The project will generate employment for skilled, semiskilled, unskilled people during construction phase.

In view of this, the project may be considered for grant of Environmental Clearance.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 12. DISCLOSURE OF

CONSULTANTS


12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

MFL, has appointed Kadam Environmental Consultants (Kadam) for carrying out this Environmental Impact

Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date.

Kadam is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation

scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEFCC, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Impact

Assessment studies.

Kadam Environmental Consultants have been accredited by NABET as an Accredited Consultant Organization since

25-05-2010 till date without a break.

The time period for all activities of this EIA study was fully covered with NABET Accreditation as witnessed by the

following two NABET certificates and an extension letter:

Accreditation Certificate valid from 04-10-2013 up to 18-09-2016;

Accreditation Extension Letter extending the validity up to 04-04-2017 w.r.t our application dated 15-09-2016;

Accreditation Certificate issued on 28-03-2017 and valid up to 26-05-2019.

Certificates and letter for accreditation from NABET is attached as Annexure 39. Kadam’s Laboratory is accredited

with NABL & recognized by MoEF&CC. Certificate & Recognition letters are provided in Annexure 40.

It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in

Twenty Six (26) approved sectors.

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY (KADAM)

Kadam was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of varied experience in the field of environment. The

Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat. The mission of company is providing sustainable

solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprise of

Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-Economic Experts,

Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial / Analytical Chemists. The company’s strength lies in Project

Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in

Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical Models for Air, Noise and Water Assessment and Expertise in Public

Consultation.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy Services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site assessment and

due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits / statements, risk assessments and HAZOP,

energy audit, environmental health and safety management systems and waste management systems;

Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing

effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio

gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems;

Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have

amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment amongst environmental companies in

the country). The company has a well-equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff

catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and

hazardous solid waste.

M/S. MEGHMANI



CONSULTANTS


The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial

and services spectrum viz. Pesticides, Fertilizers, Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil and Gas,

Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors.

Kadam has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality management System from BSI-MS. Kadam’s

laboratory is NABL accredited, MoEF&CC approved under EP Act and has OHSAS 18001:2007 accreditation.

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation of MFL. The name of the EIA co-

ordinator and FAE’s deployed for the project is mentioned at the start of the report (in Quality Control Section). KEC

team Members (along with their role in the project) is given in Table 12-1.

Table 12-1: EIA Team Member

Name / Role Functional Area Involvement

Task Under Guidance

Mr. Bhavin Jambucha

(TM – EIAC & RH)

EIA team member

Documentation like preparing revised TOR

application (Form – 1, PFR etc.), drafting EIA &

EMP report from FAE reports. Kick-Off meeting

with all EIA team, participating in TOR

Amendment presentation, site visits and

involvement in client meetings for collecting

technical data.

Mr. Sangram Kadam

Risk Assessment &

Hazard Management

(RH)

Collection of secondary data, preparation of layout

plan showing storage areas and contribution to

EMP/RA/DMP Documentation

Mrs. Jitixa Upadhyay

Mr. K. Antani

(TM-SHW)

Water Pollution

Prevention, Control &

Prediction of Impacts

(WP)

Site visit, identification of sampling locations,

evaluation of results of water quality, water

balance preparation for the project, evaluation of

water pollution control management, identification

of impacts, suggestion and finalization of

mitigation measures for WP

Mrs. Kundan Ajudiya

Solid Waste and

Hazardous Waste

Management (SHW)

Site visit, Identification of waste generated from

the industry as per HW Rules and MSW Rules,

Studying existing management practices and

adequacy, Identification of Impact and mitigation

measures for management of hazardous waste

Mrs. Kundan Ajudiya

Ms. Tanu Prasad

(TM – AP & AQ)

Air Pollution

Prevention,

Monitoring & Control

(AP)

Checking air quality data, evaluation of results of

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) Mr. Bhavin Jambucha

Meteorology, Air

Quality Modelling &

Prediction

(AQ)

Running air quality model (AERMOD) and

prediction of GLCs based on results of Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring (AAQM), identification of

possible impacts on AQ

Mr. Bhavin Jambucha

Ms. Aarti Sharma Socio-Economic (SE)

Site Visit, Socio-Economic survey within study

area, collection of secondary data, assisting in

identification of Impacts and mitigation measures,

assisting in preparation of ESMP in FAE report and

contribution to EIA report

Mr. Anil Vishwakarma

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar

(Head – Draftsman) Drawings/Map

As head draftsman, involvement in preparation

and releasing final maps like Land Use, project

location, study area, baseline sampling location,

-

M/S. MEGHMANI



CONSULTANTS


Name / Role Functional Area Involvement

Task Under Guidance

site layout map & green belt plan prepared by

subordinate draftsman

Mr. Chetan

(Draftsman) Drawings/Map

Preparation of various maps like Land Use, project

location, study area, baseline sampling location,

site layout map & green belt plan using AutoCAD

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar

Mr. Hasmukh (TM –

Lab) Field Monitoring

Collection of air, water, solid & hazardous waste

samples from sampling locations, monitoring noise

levels for baseline study. Conducting traffic survey

Mr. Sangram Kadam, Mr.

Sameer, Mr. Neeraj

Sharma

Mr. Satish Joshi Expert of Report

review Review of the EIA report for improving the quality. -

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT 13. STATUS OF COMPLIANCE OF

PREVIOUS EC


13 STATUS OF COMPLIANCE OF EXISTING EC CONDITIONS

MFL had applied to get Certified Monitoring Report & Certified Compliance Report for conditions as stipulated in

Previous Environmental Clearances as mentioned in Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1 from Regional Officer, MoEF&CC,

(West Zone), Bhopal.

Site visit was carried out by RO-MoEF&CC, Bhopal (West Zone) to verify conditions as stipulated in Previous

Environmental Clearances. Certified Monitoring & Compliance report was received from Regional Office (WCZ) of

MoEF&CC, Bhopal vide letter F.No:5-64/2012 (ENV)/141 on 23rd July, 2014. It is attached as Annexure 38.

Summary of the ton complied, partly complied, agreed to comply & complied conditions as observed by RO,

MoEF&CC, Bhopal is summarized in Table 13-1.

Table 13-1: Summary Not complied, Partly Complied, Agreed to Comply EC Conditions

S.

No. Environmental Clearance Details

EC Conditions

Total Complied Not

Complied

Partly

Complied

Agreed to

Comply

1 EC from MoEF&CC: J-11011/06/2007-IA.II(I)

dated 09.08.2007 23 14 1 5 3

2 EC from MoEF&CC: J-11011/06/2007-IA.II(I)

dated 09.08.2007 40 22 3 14 1

Based on the remarks made by RO – MoEF&CC, Bhopal, action plan for partially complied conditions are as

tabulated in Table 13-2 & Table 13-3.


BHARUCH, GUJARAT 13. STATUS OF COMPLIANCE OF PREVIOUS EC


Table 13-2: Action Plan for Complying Not-Complied Conditions of Previous EC

S. N. Not Complied Condition Observation of RO – Bhopal Progress & Action Plan for complying the Condition

A EC: J-11011/6/2007-IA.II (I) dated 09.08.2007

1 General Condition: 11

The PA shall inform the RO as well as

Ministry, the date of financial closure and

final approval of the project by the

concerned authorities and the date of

start of the project.

The details of financial closure and final

approve of the project were not submitted.

Not Complied.

Progress : Complied

We regret to overlook the valid observation as pointed out by the authority.

But, it is to inform that no loan was taken from any Bank or Financial institutes for the

proposed expansion project. Investment was done in-house. Hence, details as asked is not

applicable.

B EC: J-11011/6/2007-IA.II (I) dated 09.08.2007

1 General Condition 3

The company shall harvest rainwater from

the roof-tops of the buildings and storm

water drains to recharge the ground

water and use the same water for the

process activities of the project to

conserve fresh water.

PA has assured that appropriate actions for

developing rain water harvesting structures

shall be undertaken for recharging of

ground water. PA was directed to prepare a

plan and submit the same within six months

as the similar condition was stipulated in

earlier EC of 2007.

Not Complied.

Progress: Being Complied

Subsequent to the visit of MoEF, the matter was discussed with GPCB officials of Bharuch.

GPCB orally advised that rainwater collected from the industrial area is not advisable for

ground water recharge.

However, factoring into the likely contamination aspect, we have decided to provide separate

storm water line to collect rainwater from roof tops, roads & open area and transfer it to raw

water reservoir after necessary treatment.

We have also decided that sample of the collected rainwater will be given in Laboratory for

pH and chloride analysis. If found usable, it will be transferred through sand filters in process

water tank. Otherwise we will send it to ETP for further treatment.

Detailed calculations for collection of rain water is provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.3.3.

Action plan for developing rainwater harvesting system at site is as follows:

S.

N. Action Plan Period

Amount spent in

Lakhs Status

1

Hiring of expert / consulting

services for developing RHW

structures. This will include upgrade

April,

18 10 Ongoing





conveyance system of roof top to

rain water reservoir.

3

Installation of PVC Pipeline from

rooftop of offices within site, i.e.

admin building & OHS office.

Dec, 18

to Feb,

19

20 Ongoing

4

Storm water drains for transferring

rainwater from rooftop to RHW

pond.

Jan. 19

to May

19

20 Ongoing

Total Amount 50

Please refer Map 2-4 for layout plan of the tentative scheme of storm water line.


The company shall undertake eco-

developmental measures including

community welfare measures in the

project area for the overall improvement

of the environment.

No efforts have been made to implement

eco developmental measures.

Not Complied.

Progress: Being Complied.

Action Plan for undertaking eco-developmental measures for the nearby community is shown

below:

S. N. Action Plan Period Estimated

Amount

1 Plantation of Neem, Pipal & Badam trees

(total 150 saplings) in Jolva, Galenda & Dahej. July, 18 30,000/-

2 Upgrading 50 toilets in nearby villages as a

part of Swatch Bharat Abhiyan.

June 18 to

March 19 35,00,000/-

3 Replacing old streetlights with solar

streetlights for three Villages.

Jan 18 to

May 18 1,00,000/-

Total Amount 36,30,000/-

In view of the above action plan, we assure you that we will undertake the above mentioned

eco-developmental measures including community welfare measures in the project area for

the overall improvement of the environment by Dec, 2019. In addition to that, we will

continue such activities even in future.






A copy of the clearance letter shall be

sent by the project proponent to

concerned Panchayat, Zila

Parisad/Municipal Corporation. Urban local

Body and the local NGO if any, from who

suggestions / representations, if any,

were received while processing the

proposal.

Observation of RO– Bhopal

PA has not submitted any documentary

evidence in support of implementation of

the condition.

Not Complied.

Progress : Complied

We regret the non-circulation of the EC copy as rightly remarked by the authority. We have

now provided EC copy to Gram Panchayat office of Jolva, Galenda & Dahej.




Table 13-3: Action Plan for Complying Partially-Complied Conditions of Previous EC

S. N. Partially Complied Condition Observation of RO – Bhopal Progress &Action Plan for complying the Condition

A EC: J-11011/6/2007-IA.II (I) dated 09.08.2007

1 Specific Condition: 11

At least 25% of the total area shall be

developed as green belt as per the CPCB

guidelines.

PA has intimated that about 22 ha of land have been

brought under green belt. It was observed that few

thousand saplings have been grown as plantation. The

survival rate was observed around 60% to 70%.

However, details on expenditure, density/ha etc. were

not submitted.

Partly Complied.

Progress : Being Complied

Total 42,050 trees like Subabul, Neem, coconut tree, neelgiri, Saptaparni ,

Badam tree, banyans tree, foxtelpalm tree and pento etc. are planted.

Density of the tree plantation is ~ 1,910/Ha.


The unit shall implement all pollution control

measures as provided in the EIA/EMP report

and recommendation made in risk

assessment report. Disaster management

plan shall be prepared and implemented.

It was submitted and observed during the visit that

adequate pollution control system namely ESP,

scrubbers, ETP etc. have been provided as per EIA/EMP

report. Onsite Emergency Plan has been prepared as per

‘The Major Accident Hazard Control Rules, 1977’. The

implementation of recommendations of DMP & RA was in

progress as claimed. It was observed that assembly

points have been identified; wind socks were placed at

appropriate level. The monitoring of stack & process

emissions, AAQ at three locations & treated effluent has

been carried out on monthly basis but noise level and

VOCs were not monitored as per reports submitted. PA

was directed to monitor noise level and VOCs as per the

condition.

Partly Complied.

Progress : Complied

The implementation of recommendations of DMP & RA is already carried

out. Noise & VOC are being monitored at 3 locations within the plant

premises. Results of the same are as follows:

1) Noise Results:

During Day Time:

S. N. Locations Day Reading in db

Min Max Average

1 Power Plant 74.8 75.1 74.95

2 Admin Area 62.3 65.1 63.7

3 Main gate 58.1 55.2 56.65

4 ETP Plant 68.5 67.4 67.95

During Night time:

S. N. Locations Night Reading in db

Min Max Average

1 Power Plant 69.9 70.1 70.0

2 Admin Area 55.4 53.3 54.35





3 Main gate 53.7 50.1 51.9

4 ETP Plant 64.3 62.1 63.2

2) VOC Results

As such no volatile compounds are being currently used. Still VOCs

are monitored regularly and results are shown below:

S. N.

Locations

Results (permissible limit) & unit in µg/m3

Type PM10

(100)

PM2.5

(60)

SO2

(80)

NOx

(80) VOC (--)

1 Power Plant

Min 69.57 33.24 26.87 20.44 ND

Max 78.54 38.96 32.78 25.8 ND

Avg. 74.0 36.1 29.8 23.12 -

2 Admin Area

Min 50.26 26.7 14.31 15.38 ND

Max 52.5 28.1 15.2 16.12 ND

Avg. 46.9 30.5 13.05 19.12 -

3 Main gate

Min 45.35 28.9 10.8 18.45 ND

Max 48.5 32.1 15.3 19.8 ND

Avg. 51.3 27.4 14.7 15.7 -

4 ETP Plant

Min 29.31 13.52 15.18 19.33 ND

Max 30.45 16.45 15.9 22.2 ND

Avg. 29.8 14.9 15.5 20.7 -


The company shall undertake social

welfare/community development measures in

the surrounding villages such as health care,

education and drinking water supply facilities.

PA has claimed that CSR activities have been undertaken

for the surrounding villages but details were not

submitted.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Complied.

Breakup of the same is as tabulated below:

S. N.

Year CSR Cost

Spent (Lac) Remarks

1 2008-09 97.29 For Hospital,

education, nearby villages, mentally

disable people etc.

2 2009-10 35.02

3 2010-11 35.0

4 2011-12 60.07

5 2012-13 28.5

Total Amount

255.88






The implementation of the project vis~a~vis

environmental action plans shall be monitored

by the concerned RO office of

MOEF/SPCB/CPCB. A six monthly compliance

status report shall be submitted to monitoring

agencies and uploaded on the website of the

company.

Regional office of the Ministry has monitored the project.

Six monthly compliance status report were submitted.

The website of the company was scanned for uploading

of the report and the copy of the EC but in vain.

Partly Complied.

Progress :Complied

We are constantly updating the website with uploading the latest six

monthly compliance report along with previous EC copies. The same can be

viewed at http://www.meghmani.com/Environment.html


The PP shall inform the public that the project

has been accorded EC by Ministry and copies

of the clearance letter are available with the

SPCB/Committee and may also be seen at the

website of the Ministry at http://envfor.nic.in.

This shall be advertised within seven days

from the date of issue of the clearance letter,

at least in the two local newspapers that are

widely circulated in the region of which one

shall be in the vernacular language of the

locality and the copy of the same can be

forwarded to concerned RO of the Ministry.

The grant of EC was published in the newspapers as per

the condition and copies have been submitted. But,

clause of seven days was not followed.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Was not complied

EC was not received within the seven days of the date of issue. Once EC

was received, advertisement of the same was published.

B EC: J-11011/259/2011-IA.II (I) dated 12.09.2012


All the specific conditions and general

conditions specified in the EC letters accorded

vide Ministry’s letter No. J-11011/6/2007.

IA.II (I) dated 9th August 2007 shall be

implemented.

The status of compliance of conditions stipulated in the

EC vide Ministry’s letter No. J-11011/6/2007. IA.II (I)

dated 9th August 2007 have been mentioned above. It

can be seen that major conditions have been complied &

few needs sincere attention.

Progress: Being complied

Status of current status and action plan for previous EC Conditions is already

mentioned above.

http://www.meghmani.com/Environment.html

http://envfor.nic.in/





Partly Complied.


Two stage water followed by alkali scrubber

shall be provided to process vent to control

HCl & Cl2 emissions. The scrubber water

should be sent to ETP for further treatment.

Efficiency of scrubber shall be monitored

regularly and maintained properly. Scrubber

vent shall be provided with online detection

and alarm system to indicate higher than

permissible value of controlled parameters. At

no time, the emission levels shall go beyond

the prescribed standards. The system should

be interlocked with the pollution control

equipment. So that in case of any increase in

pollutants beyond permissible limits, plant

should be automatically stopped. Stack

monitoring shall be done regularly and report

shall be sent to GPCB and the Ministry’s RO at

Bhopal.

Two stage water scrubbers have been provided to

process vent. It was observed from the reports that

parameters are within the limits. However, online

monitor was not provided to the scrubber vent as per the

condition. PA has claimed that APC systems have been

working efficiently which is evident from the analytical

reports submitted. Further, it was assured that in the

event of the failure of pollution control system(s), the

unit shall not be restarted until the control measures are

rectified to achieve the desired efficiency.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Complied

Online monitor is provided to the scrubber vent. Photograph showing the

results of the same are already shown in Annexure 23.






In plant control measures for checking

fugitive emissions from all the vulnerable

sources shall be provided. Fugitive emissions

shall be controlled by provided closed

storage, closed handling and conveyance of

chemicals/materials, multi cyclone separator

and water sprinkling system. Dust

suppression system including water sprinkling

system shall be provided at loading and

unloading areas to control dust emissions.

Fugitive emissions in the work zone

environment, product, raw materials storage

area etc shall be regularly monitored and

records maintained. The emissions shall

conform to the limits stipulated by the GPCB.

It was observed during the visit that fugitive emissions

were controlled by implementing measures like covered

storage, closed handling & conveyance of

chemicals/materials, multi cyclone separator and water

sprinkling system etc. preventive maintenance schedule

has also been drawn. Dust suppression system including

water sprinkling system was provided at loading &

unloading areas to control dust emissions as observed

during the visit. Fugitive emission in the work zone

environment, product, raw materials storage area etc.

was regularly monitored as claimed but records were not

submitted. PA was directed to submit fugitive monitoring

reports along with the next compliance status.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Complied

Fugitive monitoring reports were regularly provided in all the compliance

reports. Recent results as below:

S. N.

Locations

Results (permissible limit) & unit in µg/m3

Type PM10

(100)

PM2.5

(60)

SO2

(80)

NOx

(80) VOC (--)

1 Power Plant

Min 69.57 33.24 26.87 20.44 ND

Max 78.54 38.96 32.78 25.8 ND

Avg. 74.0 36.1 29.8 23.12 -

2 Admin Area

Min 50.26 26.7 14.31 15.38 ND

Max 52.5 28.1 15.2 16.12 ND

Avg. 46.9 30.5 13.05 19.12 -

3 Main gate

Min 45.35 28.9 10.8 18.45 ND

Max 48.5 32.1 15.3 19.8 ND

Avg. 51.3 27.4 14.7 15.7 -

4 ETP Plant

Min 29.31 13.52 15.18 19.33 ND

Max 30.45 16.45 15.9 22.2 ND

Avg. 29.8 14.9 15.5 20.7 -


A proper LDAR program for pesticide industry

shall be prepared and implemented as per

CPCB guidelines. Focus shall be given for

prevention of fugitive emissions for which

preventive maintenance of pumps, valves,

pipelines are required. Proper maintenance of

mechanical seals of pumps and valves shall

be given. A preventive maintenance schedule

for each unit shall be prepared and adhered

to.

PA has argued that proper Leak Detection & Repair

(LDAR) program shall be adopted as and when pesticides

are manufactured. Presently, leak detection system has

been developed by means of regular maintenance &

monitoring of all equipment, pumps, pipelines as

observed and learn during the visit.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Will be Complied

As on date, no pesticides are being manufactured. As and when these units

will be installed LDAR system will be adopted.

5 Specific Condition: 10 Progress: Will be Complied





Continuous monitoring system for VOCs, Cl2

and HCl shall be installed at all important

places/area. Effective measures shall be

taken immediately, when monitoring results

indicate above the permissible limits. All

necessary steps shall be taken for monitoring

the chlorine and HCl as well as VOCs in the

proposed plants.

It was observed that continuous monitoring system for

Cl2 and HCl was placed in terms of installation of sensors

at all important places. It was intimated during visit that

presently volatile compounds were not used in existing

manufacturing process and monitoring of VOCs has not

been taken up.

Partly Complied.

As on date, volatile compounds were not used in existing manufacturing

process and monitoring of VOCs will be taken up once such compounds will

be handled at site.


Treated effluent shall be passed through

guard pond. Online continuous pH meter,

TOC analyzer and flow meter shall be

installed to monitor the treated water quality.

Treated waste water has been passed through guard

pond before its discharge. Online continuous pH meter

and flow meter were installed to monitor the treated

water quality as observed. TOC analyzer is yet to be

installed.

Partly Complied.


We are manufacturing inorganic chemicals and do not use any kind of

organic solvents, so there is no generation of VOC. Thus, TOC meter is not

required as on date. As and when, the organic units will be established, TOC

meter will be provided.


A copy of agreement with cement plants for

disposal of fly ash shall be submitted to

Ministry’s RO within 1 month from date of

issue of letter.

Although PA has submitted that ash is being sold to

cement manufacturer but copy of agreement with

cement plants for disposal of fly ash has not been

submitted.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Complied

Copy of the agreement with cement plant for disposal of fly ash is shown in

Annexure 25.


Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured

as per Fly Ash Notification 1999 as amended

in 2003. Fly ash shall be provided to cement

and brick manufacturers for further

utilization.

Fly ash was sold to cement and brick manufacturers for

further utilization as submitted. Copy of agreement with

cement plants for disposal of fly ash has not been

submitted.

Progress: Complied

Same as mentioned above.





Partly Complied.


The company shall undertaking following

waste minimization measures:

a. Metering and control of quantities of active

ingredients to minimize waste.

b. Reuse of by-products from the process as

raw materials or as raw material substitutes

in other processes.

c. Use of automated filling to minimize

spillage.

d. Use of close feed system into batch

reactors.

e. Venting equipment through vapor recovery

system.

f. Use of high pressure hoses for equipment

cleaning to reduce waste water generation.

It was observed that following measures have been

taken:

a. Provided closed handling system for handling of

chemicals.

b. –

c. & d. All acids/chemicals were transferred from storage

tanks to reactions through closed pipelines. Storage

tanks have been provided vents through trap receiver.

e. –

f. PA has assured that possibilities for reduction of water

consumption, raw material consumption & utilization of

byproducts shall be explored for implementation.

However, it was observed from Environmental Audit

Report 2013 that water consumption & generation of

effluent has been increased 9.62% and 31.68%

respectively as compared to EA report 2012.

Partly Complied.

Progress: Complied

Increase of raw water consumption and generation of effluent is due to

the construction work of 20 MW power plant for which EC was received

dated 12th September, 2012. Now, the water consumption & effluent

generation is meeting the quantities as stipulated in latest valid CC&A.






Green belt shall be developed at least 33% of

the plant area in and around the plant

premises to mitigate the effects of fugitive

emissions all around the plant as per the

CPCB guidelines in consultation with DFO.

Thick greenbelt with suitable plant species

shall be developed around the proposed

pesticide unit to mitigate the odor problem.

Selection of plant species shall be as per

CPCB guidelines.

PA has intimated that about 22 Ha of land have been

brought under greenbelt. It was observed that few

thousand saplings have been grown as plantation. The

survival rate was observed around 60% to 70%.

However, details on expenditure, density/ha etc. were

not submitted.

Partly Complied.


Total 42,050 trees like Subabul, Neem, coconut tree, neelgiri, Saptaparni ,

Badam tree, banyans tree, foxtelpalm tree and pentoetc. are planted.

Density of the tree plantation is ~ 1,910/Ha.


The company shall make the arrangement for

protection of possible fire & explosion hazards

during manufacturing process in material

handling.

Same as above specific condition no. 29.



The PA shall strictly adhere to the stipulations

made by the GPCB

Partly Complied.

It was observed that PA has obtained CC&A from GPCB

which is valid upto 30.04.2014. The production,

consumption of water and generation of wastewater and

hazardous waste was found within the limits as per the

details submitted. The monitoring of stack & process

emissions, AAQ at three locations and treated effluent

has been carried out on monthly basis but noise level

and VOCs were not monitored as per reports submitted.

PA was directed to monitor noise level & VOCs and install

TOC meter.


We are manufacturing inorganic chemicals and do not use any kind of

organic solvents, so there is no generation of VOC. Thus, TOC meter is not

required as on date. As and when, the organic units will be established, TOC

meter will be provided.


The company shall also comply with all the

Partly Complied.

Although PA has claimed that a separate EMC has been

Progress : Complied

EMC has been constituted which is headed by General Manager of the plant,





environmental protection measures and

safeguards proposed in the project report

submitted to the Ministry. All the

recommendations made in the EIA/EMP in

respect of environment management, risk

mitigation measures and public hearing

relating to the project shall be implemented.

constituted which is headed by General Manager of the

plant, the process personnel were assigned additional

responsibilities of implementation of environmental

safeguards as observed during the visit. Full-fledged

laboratory has been setup with adequate infrastructure

and equipment within factory premises.

whose one of the responsibility is of implementation of environmental

safeguards.


The above conditions will be enforced, inter-

alia under the provision of the water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974,

Air (Prevention & Control of Water Pollution)

Act, 1986 Hazardous Waste (Management,

Handling and Trans-boundary Movement)

Rules 2008 and the PLI, 1991 along with their

amendments and rules.

Partly Complied.

It was observed that PA has obtained CC&A from GPCB

which is valid up to 30.04.2014. The production,

consumption of water & generation of waste water &

Hazardous waste was found within the limits as per the

details submitted. It was also observed during the visit

that adequate pollution control systems have been

provided. Onsite Emergency Plan has been prepared.

The implementation of recommendations of DMP and RA

was in progress. Assembly points have been identified

but escape route was not demarcated on the ground for

which PA was directed to do so. Noise level and VOCs

were not monitored and PA was directed to monitor

noise level and VOCs and install TOC as per the

condition. Copy of the PLC has been submitted.

Progress : Complied

Escape route has been demarcated on the ground.

M/S. MEGHMANI


MW TO 132 MW AT GIDC DAHEJ, BHARUCH, GUJARAT ANNEXURES


ANNEXURES

M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 1: IMS Certifications

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 2: Integrated Management System Policy – MFL

M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 3: Land Possession & Transfer Letters

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 4: Application for ToR to SEAC, Gandhinagar

M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 5: Terms of Reference (ToR) from SEAC, Gujarat received on 30.11.2017

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 6: Copy of EC received on 9th August, 2007

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 7: Copy of Transfer EC dated 9th September, 2008

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 8: Copy of EC Received on 12th September, 2012

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 9: Copy of CCA dated 25.07.2014

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 10: Copy of Amended CCA dated 17.04.2015

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 11: Copy of Amended CCA dated 24.06.2016

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 12: Copy of NOC for Hydrogen Peroxide dated 01.05.2017

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 13: Copy of NOC for Name Change dated 23.01.2008

M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 14: GIDC Letter for Plot Transfer

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




Annexure 15: Show Cause / Closure Notice and Response from MFL to GPCB

M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI




M/S. MEGHMANI


